Category: Economy

  • MIL-OSI: MidCap Financial Investment Corporation Reports Financial Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025 and Other Recent Highlights:

    • Net investment income per share for the quarter was $0.37
    • Net asset value per share as of the end of the quarter was $14.93, compared to $14.98 as of December 31, 2024, a decrease of 0.3%
    • New investment commitments made during the quarter totaled $376 million(1)
    • Gross fundings, excluding revolver fundings(2), totaled $357 million for the quarter
    • Net fundings, including revolvers(2), totaled $170 million for the quarter
    • Net leverage(3)was 1.31x as of March 31, 2025
    • Repurchased 476,656 shares of common stock at a weighted average price per share of $12.75, inclusive of commissions, for an aggregate cost of $6.1 million during the quarter
    • Completed Collateralized Loan Obligation (“CLO”) transaction, MFIC Bethesda CLO 2 LLC, a $529.6 million CLO secured by middle market loans in February 2025
    • On May 7, 2025, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) declared a dividend of $0.38 per share payable on June 26, 2025 to stockholders of record as of June 10, 2025(4)

    NEW YORK, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MidCap Financial Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: MFIC) or the “Company,” today announced financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Company’s net investment income was $0.37 per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $0.40 per share for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s net asset value (“NAV”) was $14.93 per share as of March 31, 2025, compared to $14.98 as of December 31, 2024.

    On May 7, 2025, the Board declared a dividend of $0.38 per share payable on June 26, 2025 to stockholders of record as of June 10, 2025.

    Mr. Tanner Powell, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, stated, “We reported solid first quarter results including a healthy level of earnings, a reduction in non-accruals, and strong portfolio growth. We continued to deploy the investment capacity generated from our recent mergers into assets originated by MidCap Financial, although this was partially offset by ongoing sales and repayments of non-directly originated assets acquired through the mergers. Additionally, we repurchased some stock below NAV during the quarter.” Mr. Powell continued, “Looking ahead, despite the uncertainty surrounding the duration and trajectory of current market volatility, we believe the current environment may present opportunities that MidCap Financial and MFIC are well-equipped to capitalize on.”

    ___________________
    (1) Commitments made for the direct origination portfolio.
    (2) During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, direct origination revolver fundings totaled $33 million, direct origination revolver repayments totaled $30 million.
    (3) The Company’s net leverage ratio is defined as debt outstanding plus payable for investments purchased, less receivable for investments sold, less cash and cash equivalents, less foreign currencies, divided by net assets.
    (4) There can be no assurances that the Board will continue to declare a base dividend of $0.38 per share.

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    ($ in billions, except per share data) March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Total assets $ 3.36     $ 3.19     $ 3.22     $ 2.55     $ 2.45  
    Investment portfolio (fair value) $ 3.19     $ 3.01     $ 3.03     $ 2.44     $ 2.35  
    Debt outstanding $ 1.94     $ 1.75     $ 1.77     $ 1.51     $ 1.41  
    Net assets $ 1.39     $ 1.40     $ 1.42     $ 1.00     $ 1.01  
    Net asset value per share $ 14.93     $ 14.98     $ 15.10     $ 15.38     $ 15.42  
                                           
    Debt-to-equity ratio   1.39 x       1.25 x       1.25 x       1.51 x       1.40 x  
    Net leverage ratio (1)   1.31 x       1.16 x       1.16 x       1.45 x       1.35 x  

    ___________________
    (1) The Company’s net leverage ratio is defined as debt outstanding plus payable for investments purchased, less receivable for investments sold, less cash and cash equivalents, less foreign currencies, divided by net assets.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (in millions)*   2025     2024  
    Investments made in portfolio companies   $ 391.9     $ 152.8  
    Investments sold     (43.9      
    Net activity before repaid investments     348.0       152.8  
    Investments repaid     177.6       (136.9 )
    Net investment activity   $ 170.4     $ 15.9  
                     
    Portfolio companies, at beginning of period     233       152  
    Number of investments in new portfolio companies     20       7  
    Number of exited companies     (13 )     (5 )
    Portfolio companies at end of period     240       154  
                     
    Number of investments in existing portfolio companies     78       49  

    ___________________
    * Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    OPERATING RESULTS

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (in millions)*   2025     2024  
    Net investment income   $ 34.3     $ 28.5  
    Net realized and change in unrealized gains (losses)     (4.0 )     (3.1 )
    Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 30.3     $ 25.5  
                     
    (per share)* (1)                
    Net investment income on per average share basis   $ 0.37     $ 0.44  
    Net realized and change in unrealized gain (loss) per share     (0.05 )     (0.05 )
    Earnings per share — basic   $ 0.32     $ 0.39  

    ___________________
    * Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    (1) Based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period presented.

    SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM *

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 476,656 shares at a weighted average price per share of $12.75, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $6.1 million. This represents a discount of approximately 14.72% of the average net asset value per share for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Since the inception of the share repurchase program and through May 12, 2025, the Company repurchased 16,069,776 shares at a weighted average price per share of $15.82, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $254.2 million, leaving a maximum of $20.8 million available for future purchases under the current Board authorization of $275 million.

    * Share figures have been adjusted for the 1-for-3 reverse stock split which was completed after market close on November 30, 2018.

    LIQUIDITY

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s outstanding debt obligations, excluding deferred financing cost and debt discount of $6.7 million, totaled $1.942 billion which was comprised of $125 million of Senior Unsecured Notes (the “2026 Notes”) which will mature on July 16, 2026, $80 million of Senior Unsecured Notes (the “2028 Notes”) which will mature on December 15, 2028, $232 million outstanding Class A-1 Notes in MFIC Bethesda CLO 1 LLC, $399 million outstanding secured debt in MFIC Bethesda CLO 2 LLC, and $1,106 million outstanding under the Company’s multi-currency revolving credit facility (the “Facility”). As of March 31, 2025, $6 million in standby letters of credit were issued through the Facility. The available remaining capacity under the Facility was $548 million as of March 31, 2025, which is subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

    CONFERENCE CALL / WEBCAST AT 8:30 AM EDT ON MAY 13, 2025

    The Company will host a conference call on Tuesday, May 13, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time. All interested parties are welcome to participate in the conference call by dialing (800) 225-9448 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call; international callers should dial (203) 518-9708. Participants should reference either MidCap Financial Investment Corporation Earnings or Conference ID: MFIC0513 when prompted. A simultaneous webcast of the conference call will be available to the public on a listen-only basis and can be accessed through the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Events at www.midcapfinancialic.com. Following the call, you may access a replay of the event either telephonically or via audio webcast. The telephonic replay will be available approximately two hours after the live call and through June 3, 2025, by dialing (800) 727-1367; international callers should dial (402) 220-2669. A replay of the audio webcast will also be available later that same day. To access the audio webcast please visit the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Events in the Shareholders section of our website at www.midcapfinancialic.com.

    SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

    The Company provides a supplemental information package to offer more transparency into its financial results and make its reporting more informative and easier to follow. The supplemental package is available in the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Presentations at www.midcapfinancialic.com.

    Our portfolio composition and weighted average yields as of March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024 were as follows:

      March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
    September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Portfolio composition, at fair value:                            
    First lien secured debt   93%     92%     91%     90%     90%
    Second lien secured debt   0%     1%     1%     1%     1%
    Total secured debt   93%     93%     92%     91%     91%
    Unsecured debt   0%     0%     —%     —%     —%
    Structured products and other   1%     1%     2%     1%     1%
    Preferred equity   1%     1%     1%     1%     1%
    Common equity/interests and warrants   5%     5%     5%     7%     7%
    Weighted average yields, at amortized cost (1):                            
    First lien secured debt (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Second lien secured debt (2)   13.8%     14.4%     14.0%     14.1%     14.1%
    Total secured debt (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Unsecured debt portfolio (2)   9.5%     9.5%     9.5%     —%     —%
    Total debt portfolio (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Total portfolio (3)   9.4%     9.5%     9.6%     9.9%     10.0%
    Interest rate type, at fair value (4):                            
    Fixed rate amount $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion
    Floating rate amount $ 2.9 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.1 billion   $ 2.0 billion
    Fixed rate, as percentage of total   1%     1%     1%     0%     0%
    Floating rate, as percentage of total   99%     99%     99%     100%     100%
    Interest rate type, at amortized cost (4):                            
    Fixed rate amount $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion
    Floating rate amount $ 2.9 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.1 billion   $ 2.0 billion
    Fixed rate, as percentage of total   1%     1%     1%     0%     0%
    Floating rate, as percentage of total   99%     99%     99%     100%     100%

    (1)  An investor’s yield may be lower than the portfolio yield due to sales loads and other expenses.
    (2)  Exclusive of investments on non-accrual status.
    (3)  Inclusive of all income generating investments, non-income generating investments and investments on non-accrual status.
    (4)  The interest rate type information is calculated using the Company’s corporate debt portfolio and excludes aviation and investments on non-accrual status.

     
    MIDCAP FINANCIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
     
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
        (Unaudited)          
    Assets                
    Investments at fair value:                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost — $2,855,490 and $2,700,957, respectively)   $ 2,756,760     $ 2,605,329  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments (cost — $176,063 and $142,686, respectively)     113,290       84,334  
    Controlled investments (cost — $326,224 and $333,754, respectively)     318,571       324,753  
    Cash and cash equivalents     83,703       74,357  
    Foreign currencies (cost — $1,367 and $1,487, respectively)     1,330       1,429  
    Receivable for investments sold     32,151       57,195  
    Interest receivable     25,346       19,289  
    Dividends receivable     459       709  
    Deferred financing costs     22,267       23,555  
    Unrealized appreciation on foreign currency forward contracts     33        
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     1,789        
    Total Assets   $ 3,355,699     $ 3,190,950  
                     
    Liabilities                
    Debt   $ 1,935,242     $ 1,751,621  
    Payable for investments purchased     2,091       4,190  
    Management fees payable     6,061       6,247  
    Performance-based incentive fees payable     6,433       5,336  
    Interest payable     9,403       12,813  
    Accrued administrative services expense           60  
    Unrealized depreciation on foreign currency forward contracts            
    Other liabilities and accrued expenses     3,209       6,037  
    Total Liabilities   $ 1,962,439     $ 1,786,304  
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)                
    Net Assets   $ 1,393,260     $ 1,404,646  
                     
    Net Assets                
    Common stock, $0.001 par value (130,000,000 shares authorized; 93,303,622 and 93,780,278 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)   $ 94     $ 94  
    Capital in excess of par value     2,652,015       2,658,090  
    Accumulated under-distributed (over-distributed) earnings     (1,258,849 )     (1,253,538 )
    Net Assets   $ 1,393,260     $ 1,404,646  
                     
    Net Asset Value Per Share   $ 14.93     $ 14.98  
     
    MIDCAP FINANCIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Investment Income                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:                
    Interest income (excluding Payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest income)   $ 69,302     $ 59,996  
    Dividend income           12  
    PIK interest income     3,170       1,995  
    Other income     324       1,708  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments:                
    Interest income (excluding PIK interest income)     1,229       299  
    Dividend income     240        
    PIK interest income     351       34  
    Other income            
    Controlled investments:                
    Interest income (excluding PIK interest income)     4,072       4,287  
    Dividend income            
    PIK interest income            
    Other income     10        
    Total Investment Income   $ 78,698     $ 68,331  
    Expenses                
    Management fees   $ 6,061     $ 4,386  
    Performance-based incentive fees     6,433       6,038  
    Interest and other debt expenses     30,464       26,179  
    Administrative services expense     1,016       1,223  
    Other general and administrative expenses     1,248       2,129  
    Total expenses     45,222       39,955  
    Management and performance-based incentive fees waived            
    Performance-based incentive fee offset            
    Expense reimbursements     (806 )     (168 )
    Net Expenses   $ 44,416     $ 39,787  
    Net Investment Income   $ 34,282     $ 28,544  
    Net Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses)                
    Net realized gains (losses):                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments   $ 3,588     $ (7,470 )
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments     (188 )      
    Controlled investments            
    Foreign currency transactions     (313 )     (618 )
    Net realized gains (losses)     3,087       (8,088 )
    Net change in unrealized gains (losses):                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments     (6,088 )     4,983  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments     (1,509 )     (2,341 )
    Controlled investments     1,348       1,613  
    Foreign currency forward contracts     24        
    Foreign currency translations     (814 )     778  
    Net change in unrealized gains (losses)     (7,039 )     5,033  
    Net Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses)   $ (3,952 )   $ (3,055 )
    Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations   $ 30,330     $ 25,489  
    Earnings (Loss) Per Share — Basic   $ 0.32     $ 0.39  
                     

    Important Information

    Investors are advised to carefully consider the investment objective, risks, charges and expenses of the Company before investing. The prospectus dated April 12, 2023, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), contains this and other information about the Company and should be read carefully before investing. An effective shelf registration statement relating to certain securities of the Company is on file with the SEC. Any offering may be made only by means of a prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. Before you invest, you should read the base prospectus in that registration statement, the prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference therein, which the issuer has filed with the SEC, for more complete information about the Company and an offering. You may obtain these documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

    The information in the prospectus and in this announcement is not complete and may be changed. This communication shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or other jurisdiction.

    Past performance is not indicative of, or a guarantee of, future performance. The performance and certain other portfolio information quoted herein represents information as of dates noted herein. Nothing herein shall be relied upon as a representation as to the future performance or portfolio holdings of the Company. Investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate, and shares, when sold, may be worth more or less than their original cost. The Company’s performance is subject to change since the end of the period noted in this report and may be lower or higher than the performance data shown herein.

    About MidCap Financial Investment Corporation

    MidCap Financial Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: MFIC) is a closed-end, externally managed, diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). For tax purposes, the Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company is externally managed by the Investment Adviser, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Apollo”), a high-growth global alternative asset manager. The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. The Company primarily invests in directly originated and privately negotiated first lien senior secured loans to privately held U.S. middle-market companies, which the Company generally defines as companies with less than $75 million in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. To a lesser extent, the Company may invest in other types of securities including, first lien unitranche, second lien senior secured, unsecured, subordinated, and mezzanine loans, and equities in both private and public middle market companies. For more information, please visit www.midcapfinancialic.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Some of the statements in this press release constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events, future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements may include statements as to: future operating results of MFIC and distribution projections; business prospects of MFIC, and the prospects of its portfolio companies, if applicable; and the impact of the investments that MFIC expects to make. In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “seek,” “plan,” “should,” “estimate,” “project” and “intend” indicate forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release involve risks and uncertainties. Certain factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected, including the uncertainties associated with: future changes in laws or regulations (including the interpretation of these laws and regulations by regulatory authorities); changes in general economic conditions, including the impact of supply chain disruptions, tariffs and trade disputes with other countries, or changes in financial markets, and the risk of recession; changes in the interest rate environment and levels of general interest rates and the impact of inflation; the return on equity; the yield on investments; the ability to borrow to finance assets; new strategic initiatives; the ability to reposition the investment portfolio; the market outlook; future investment activity; and risks associated with changes in business conditions and the general economy. MFIC has based the forward-looking statements included in this press release on information available to it on the date hereof, and assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Although MFIC undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that they may make directly to you or through reports that MFIC in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

    Contact

    Elizabeth Besen
    Investor Relations Manager
    MidCap Financial Investment Corporation
    212.822.0625
    ebesen@apollo.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hallador Energy Company Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    – Q1 Total Revenue up 6% YoY to $117.8 Million –
    – Q1 Net Income up Materially YoY to $10.0 Million or $0.23 Earnings per Share –
    – Q1 Operating Cash Flow up ~2x YoY to $38.4 Million –
    – Q1 Adjusted EBITDA up ~3x YoY to $19.3 Million –

    TERRE HAUTE, Ind., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hallador Energy Company (Nasdaq: HNRG) (“Hallador” or the “Company”) today reported its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We are pleased with our first quarter performance as we returned to top line growth and saw material improvements to our bottom line and cash flow generation, underscoring the strength of our strategic shift to a vertically integrated independent power producer (‘IPP’),” said Brent Bilsland, President and Chief Executive Officer. “January and February offered a strong backdrop as the combination of colder weather and higher pricing enabled us to benefit from increased dispatch volumes.”

    “We are making meaningful progress in our negotiations with a leading global data center developer for the long-term supply of capacity and energy from our facility. Our partner has demonstrated their commitment through significant investments, including securing land, transmission capacity and equipment, in addition to the previously announced exclusivity agreement with us that runs through early June 2025. Given the inherent complexity of these multi-party agreements, it is uncertain that we will finalize terms before the exclusivity expires. However, we remain confident that we will execute a strategic transaction that delivers long-term value for our shareholders.”

    Bilsland continued, “We continue to see rising demand for reliable power, particularly as grid volatility grows with the retirement of dispatchable generation. That demand, paired with supportive regulatory sentiment and Hallador’s ability to deliver dependable energy, positions us well for sustained growth. Our evaluation of dual-fuel capabilities and potential acquisitions of other dispatchable generation assets reflect our confidence in the long-term economics and viability of our platform. With a robust contracted sales book, strengthening fundamentals, and ongoing interest from high-demand end users, we believe we are well-positioned to materially strengthen our opportunities for growth and cash flow generation for many years to come.”

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Hallador returned to growth on both the top and bottom line.
      • Total revenue increased 6% year-over-year and 24% quarter-over-quarter to $117.8 million, driven by a strong increase in electric sales to $85.9 million. Electric sales are currently 73% of the Company’s revenue mix, underscoring Hallador’s commitment to emphasizing electric sales as an IPP.
      • Net income increased materially to $10.0 million, with adjusted EBITDA up ~3x year-over-year and 78% quarter-over-quarter to $19.3 million.
    • The Company generated $38.4 million in operating cash flow during the first quarter, which partially supported the repayment of debt and funding capex.
      • Total bank debt was reduced to $23.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $44.0 million at December 31, 2024, and $77.0 million at March 31, 2024.
      • Total liquidity was $69.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $37.8 million at December 31, 2024, and $39.5 million at March 31, 2024.
      • Capital expenditures in the first quarter were $11.7 million compared to $14.9 million in the year-ago period.
    • Hallador continues to focus on forward sales to secure its energy position.
      • At quarter-end, Hallador had total forward energy, capacity and coal sales to 3rd party customers of $1.1 billion through 2029.

    Financial Summary ($ in Millions and Unaudited)

        Q1 2024   Q4 2024   Q1 2025
    Electric Sales   $ 60.7     $ 69.7     $ 85.9  
    Coal Sales – 3rd Party   $ 49.6     $ 23.3     $ 30.2  
    Other Revenue   $ 1.3     $ 1.8     $ 1.7  
    Total Sales and Operating Revenue   $ 111.6     $ 94.8     $ 117.8  
    Net Income (Loss)   $ (1.7 )   $ (215.8 )   $ 10.0  
    Operating Cash Flow   $ 16.4     $ 32.5     $ 38.4  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 6.8     $ 6.2     $ 19.3  
    ___________________________
    Non-GAAP financial measure, defined as EBITDA plus effects of certain subsidiary and equity method investment activity, less other amortization, plus certain operating activities including stock-based compensation, asset retirement obligations accretion, less gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, plus other reclassifications such as special non-recurring project expenses.

    Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, income from operations, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Our method of computing Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same method used to compute similar measures reported by other companies.

    Management believes the non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, is an important measure in analyzing our liquidity and is a key component of certain material covenants contained within our Credit Agreement, specifically the minimum quarterly EBITDA. Noncompliance with the covenants could result in our lenders requiring the Company to immediately repay all amounts borrowed. If we cannot satisfy these financial covenants, we would be prohibited under our Credit Agreement from engaging in certain activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness, making certain payments, and acquiring and disposing of assets. Consequently, Adjusted EBITDA is critical to the assessment of our liquidity. The required amount of Adjusted EBITDA is a variable based on our debt outstanding and/or required debt payments at the time of the quarterly calculation based on a rolling prior 12-month period.

    Reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, to Income (Loss) before Income taxes, the most comparable GAAP measure, is as follows (in thousands) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

    Reconciliation of GAAP “Income (Loss) before Income Taxes” to non-GAAP “Adjusted EBITDA”
    (In $ Thousands and Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31, 
        2025   2024
    NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
    Interest expense     3,723       3,937  
    Income tax expense (benefit)           (610 )
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    EBITDA     28,679       17,074  
    Other operating revenue           7  
    Stock-based compensation     1,084       666  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Other amortization (1)     (11,334 )     (12,401 )
    (Gain) loss on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           853  
    Equity method investment (loss)     236       249  
    Other reclassifications     239        
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 19,310     $ 6,823  
     
    (1) Other amortization relates to the non-cash amortization of the Hoosier PPA entered into in connection with the acquisition of the Merom Power Plant in 2022.


    Solid Forward Sales Position – Segment Basis, Before Intercompany Eliminations (unaudited):

        2025   2026   2027   2028   2029   Total
    Power                                                
    Energy                                                
    Contracted MWh (in millions)     3.04       3.36       1.78       1.09       0.27       9.54  
    Average contracted price per MWh   $ 37.20     $ 44.43     $ 54.66     $ 52.94     $ 51.33          
    Contracted revenue (in millions)   $ 113.09     $ 149.28     $ 97.29     $ 57.70     $ 13.86     $ 431.22  
                                                     
    Capacity                                                
    Average daily contracted capacity MW     784       733       623       454       100          
    Average contracted capacity price per MWd   $ 211     $ 230     $ 226     $ 225     $ 230          
    Contracted capacity revenue (in millions)   $ 45.45     $ 61.54     $ 51.40     $ 37.33     $ 3.47     $ 199.19  
                                                     
    Total Energy & Capacity Revenue                                                
                                                     
    Contracted Power revenue (in millions)   $ 158.54     $ 210.82     $ 148.69     $ 95.03     $ 17.33     $ 630.41  
                                                     
    Coal                                                
    Priced tons – 3rd party (in millions)     2.21       2.50       2.50       0.50             7.71  
    Avg price per ton – 3rd party   $ 50.95     $ 55.49     $ 56.74     $ 59.00     $          
    Contracted coal revenue – 3rd party (in millions)   $ 112.60     $ 138.73     $ 141.85     $ 29.50     $     $ 422.68  
                                                     
    TOTAL CONTRACTED REVENUE (IN MILLIONS) – CONSOLIDATED   $ 271.14     $ 349.55     $ 290.54     $ 124.53     $ 17.33     $ 1,053.09  
                                                     
    Priced tons – Intercompany (in millions)     1.82       2.30       2.30       2.30             8.72  
    Avg price per ton – Intercompany   $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $          
    Contracted coal revenue – Intercompany (in millions)   $ 92.82     $ 117.30     $ 117.30     $ 117.30     $     $ 444.72  
                                                     
    TOTAL CONTRACTED REVENUE (IN MILLIONS) – SEGMENT   $ 363.96     $ 466.85     $ 407.84     $ 241.83     $ 17.33     $ 1,497.81  


    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act). Statements that are not strictly historical statements constitute forward-looking statements and may often, but not always, be identified by the use of such words such as “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “guidance,” “target,” “potential,” “possible,” or “probable” or statements that certain actions, events or results “may,” “will,” “should,” or “could” be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those relating to our ability to execute definitive agreements with respect to the non-binding term sheet with a leading global data center developer, to execute a strategic transaction that delivers long-term value for our shareholders or to strengthen opportunities for growth and cash flow generation. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and analyses made by Hallador and its management in light of experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors appropriate under the circumstances that involve various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Hallador’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. Hallador undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements except as required by law.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    Hallador management will host a conference call today, May 12, 2025, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time to discuss its financial and operational results, followed by a question-and-answer period.

    Date: Monday, May 12, 2025
    Time: 5:00 p.m. Eastern time
    Dial-in registration link: here
    Live webcast registration link: here

    The conference call will also be broadcast live and available for replay in the investor relations section of the Company’s website at www.halladorenergy.com.

    About Hallador Energy Company

    Hallador Energy Company (Nasdaq: HNRG) is a vertically-integrated Independent Power Producer (IPP) based in Terre Haute, Indiana. The Company has two core businesses: Hallador Power Company, LLC, which produces electricity and capacity at its one-Gigawatt (GW) Merom Generating Station, and Sunrise Coal, LLC, which produces and supplies fuel to the Merom Generating Station and other companies. To learn more about Hallador, visit the Company’s website at http://www.halladorenergy.com/.

    Company Contact

    Marjorie Hargrave
    Chief Financial Officer
    MHargrave@halladorenergy.com

    Investor Relations Contact

    Sean Mansouri, CFA
    Elevate IR
    (720) 330-2829
    HNRG@elevate-ir.com

    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        March 31,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    ASSETS            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,891     $ 7,232  
    Restricted cash     9,316       4,921  
    Accounts receivable     12,582       15,438  
    Inventory     36,318       36,685  
    Parts and supplies     40,137       39,104  
    Prepaid expenses     1,808       1,478  
    Total current assets     107,052       104,858  
    Property, plant and equipment:            
    Land and mineral rights     70,307       70,307  
    Buildings and equipment     435,329       429,857  
    Mine development     94,725       92,458  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     13,034       13,034  
    Total property, plant and equipment     613,395       605,656  
    Less – accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization     (360,624 )     (347,952 )
    Total property, plant and equipment, net     252,771       257,704  
    Equity method investments     2,370       2,607  
    Other assets     3,904       3,951  
    Total assets   $ 366,097     $ 369,120  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Current liabilities:            
    Current portion of bank debt, net   $ 16,965     $ 4,095  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     45,652       44,298  
    Current portion of lease financing     7,067       6,912  
    Contract liabilities – current     107,368       97,598  
    Total current liabilities     177,052       152,903  
    Long-term liabilities:            
    Bank debt, net     4,000       37,394  
    Long-term lease financing     6,921       8,749  
    Asset retirement obligations     15,386       14,957  
    Contract liabilities – long-term     42,539       49,121  
    Other     4,851       1,711  
    Total long-term liabilities     73,697       111,932  
    Total liabilities     250,749       264,835  
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)            
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; none issued            
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 42,978 and 42,621 issued and outstanding, as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively     430       426  
    Additional paid-in capital     190,378       189,298  
    Retained earnings (deficit)     (75,460 )     (85,439 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     115,348       104,285  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 366,097     $ 369,120  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES:            
    Electric sales   $ 85,943     $ 60,681  
    Coal sales     30,185       49,630  
    Other revenues     1,659       1,263  
    Total sales and operating revenues     117,787       111,574  
    EXPENSES:            
    Fuel     15,210       8,059  
    Other operating and maintenance costs     28,389       37,262  
    Cost of purchased power     6,840       1,926  
    Utilities     4,152       4,594  
    Labor     27,029       35,168  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Exploration costs     21       70  
    General and administrative     6,825       5,944  
    Gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Total operating expenses     103,849       108,841  
                 
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     13,938       2,733  
                 
    Interest expense (1)     (3,723 )     (3,937 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           (853 )
    Equity method investment (loss)     (236 )     (249 )
    NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES     9,979       (2,306 )
                 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT):            
    Current            
    Deferred           (610 )
    Total income tax expense (benefit)           (610 )
                 
    NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
                 
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:            
    Basic   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
    Diluted   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
                 
    WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING            
    Basic     42,619       34,816  
    Diluted     43,462       34,816  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:            
    Deferred income tax (benefit)           (610 )
    Equity method investment loss     236       249  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           853  
    Gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     497       404  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Cash paid on asset retirement obligation reclamation     (156 )     (639 )
    Stock-based compensation     1,084       666  
    Amortization of contract liabilities     (35,669 )     (24,529 )
    Accretion on contract liabilities     1,560        
    Change in current assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     2,856       5,709  
    Inventory     367       (6,613 )
    Parts and supplies     (1,033 )     (1,483 )
    Prepaid expenses     (330 )     (37 )
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     3,124       (8,015 )
    Contract liabilities     37,297       35,355  
    Other     3,224       937  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 38,419     $ 16,369  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
    (continued)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
    Capital expenditures   $ (11,693 )   $ (14,874 )
    Proceeds from sale of equipment     21       24  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (11,672 )     (14,850 )
                 
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
    Payments on bank debt     (33,000 )     (26,500 )
    Borrowings of bank debt     12,000       12,000  
    Payments on lease financing     (1,693 )     (1,238 )
    Proceeds from sale and leaseback arrangement           1,927  
    Issuance of related party notes payable           5,000  
    Debt issuance costs           (38 )
    ATM offering           6,580  
    Taxes paid on vesting of RSUs           (1 )
    Net cash used in financing activities     (22,693 )     (2,270 )
    Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     4,054       (751 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period     12,153       7,123  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period   $ 16,207     $ 6,372  
                 
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,891     $ 1,635  
    Restricted cash     9,316       4,737  
        $ 16,207     $ 6,372  
                 
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:            
    Cash paid for interest   $ 1,830     $ 3,083  
                 
    SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION:            
    Change in capital expenditures included in accounts payable and prepaid expense   $ (1,649 )   $ (5,290 )
    Stock issued on redemption of convertible notes and interest   $     $ 9,721  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Phunware Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    New Customer Launches Drive 40% Revenue Growth for Software Subscriptions and Services

    Strong Balance Sheet of $109.7 Million Powering R&D Activities in AI-Driven Customer Platform and Corporate Initiatives

    AUSTIN, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Phunware, Inc. (“Phunware” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PHUN), a leader in enterprise cloud solutions for mobile applications, today reported financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Financial Highlights

    • Software subscriptions and services revenue increased 40% to $0.6 million in Q1 2025, as compared to Q1 2024.
    • Q1 2025 software and subscription bookings totaled $0.4 million.
    • Net loss was $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to $2.3 million in the previous year period.
      • Primary driver for net loss increase was $1.2 million one-time legal expenses related to the Wild Basin litigation bench trial that concluded in Q1 2025; a decision is expected in Q3 2025.
    • Net loss per share improved to ($0.18) per share in Q1 2025, as compared to ($0.33) per share in Q1 2024.
    • Net cash used in operations decreased to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $5.5 million for the previous year period.
    • Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2025, was $109.7 million.

    Recent Business Highlights

    • During Q1 2025, added three (3) new customers in the hospitality vertical. Momentum carried into Q2, with a new $0.5 million booking for a multi-location health care facility.
    • Appointed Quyen Du to the Board of Directors, a 25-year corporate strategy and development executive with Fortune 500 consumer brands.
      • Her appointment satisfies Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) continued listing requirements for audit committee service.
    • Attended investor and industry conferences including the 37th Annual ROTH Conference and upcoming 2025 Hospitality Industry Technology Exposition and Conference (HITEC®) June 16–19 in Indianapolis, Indiana.

    Management Commentary

    “The first quarter of 2025 was underscored by new customers and bookings and continued focus on our AI-related initiatives,” said interim CEO Stephen Chen. “First quarter revenues of $0.7 million and gross margin of 52% were driven by a 40% increase in Mobile software subscriptions and services with delivered customer projects. With an existing hospitality customer, we launched an integrated conference solution including dynamic wayfinding, mobile engagement messaging, events scheduling, and content management. With a well-known resort and entertainment venue customer, we launched our hospitality industry solution application to enhance guest experiences.”

    “Software bookings for the first quarter were $0.4 million and we continue to accelerate our pipeline while simultaneously shortening the sales cycle. With three new customers in the hospitality vertical during the first quarter, and a $0.5 million multi-location health care facility booking in the second quarter, we believe customer momentum continues to accelerate.”

    “We were honored to appoint Quyen Du to our Board of Directors in February. Ms. Du brings 25 years’ experience in strategy and corporate development as an executive at Fortune 500 consumer brands. She has an impressive record of guiding strategic growth and will add tremendous expertise to our Board for Phunware investments, M&A and new business development strategies. We are happy to announce that Ms. Du was elected to three-year term at our most recent stockholders’ meeting.”

    “While we’ve seen some softness in the ad market, we are focused on new opportunities in that market and investing in marketing and research and development in generative and agentic AI initiatives, among others. We remain committed to reinforcing our core business units, identifying high-impact investment and M&A opportunities, driving operational excellence, and aligning our cost structure for long-term scalability. We are also committed to enhancing our team with experienced sales, marketing, and technology professionals to amplify market visibility and accelerate customer acquisition.”

    “Looking ahead, we are developing additional features and functionalities for our existing products, including AI-related features such as AI Personal Concierge for hospitality customers and their guests and Intelligent Reporting for large real property owners. We expect to launch the initial AI Personal Concierge product in mid-2025. With our leadership position in mobile app development, combined with compelling new technology improvements and AI integration, we are executing on our strategic vision to deliver our solutions globally. I look forward to additional announcements and milestones in the months ahead,” concluded Chen.

    Note about Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. Non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, nor are they a substitute for, GAAP measures. Other companies may use different non-GAAP measures and presentation of results.

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with GAAP, this press release presents adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure. Adjusted EBITDA is determined by taking net loss and adding interest expense (income), income tax expense, depreciation, and further adjusted for non-cash impairment, valuation adjustments and stock-based compensation expense. The company believes that this non-GAAP measure, viewed in addition to and not in lieu of net loss, provides additional information to investors by providing a more focused measure of operating results. This metric is an integral part of the Company’s internal reporting to evaluate its operations and the performance of senior management. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, is available in the accompanying financial tables below. The non-GAAP measure presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

           
    US-GAAP NET LOSS TO ADJUSTED EBITDA RECONCILIATION
    (Unaudited)
           
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (in thousands)   2025     2024  
    Net loss   $ (3,723 )   $ (2,292 )
    Add back: Depreciation     4       4  
    Add back: Interest expense     9       108  
    Less: Interest income     (1,119 )     (140 )
    EBITDA     (4,829 )     (2,320 )
    Add back: Stock-based compensation     86       630  
    Less: Gain on extinguishment of debt           (535 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ (4,743 )   $ (2,225 )
                     

    About Phunware

    Phunware, Inc. (NASDAQ: PHUN) is an enterprise software company specializing in mobile app solutions with integrated intelligent capabilities. We provide businesses with the tools to create, implement, and manage custom mobile applications, analytics, digital advertising, and location-based services. Phunware is transforming mobile engagement by delivering scalable, personalized, and data-driven mobile app experiences.

    Phunware’s mission is to achieve unparalleled connectivity and monetization through the widespread adoption of Phunware mobile technologies, leveraging brands, consumers, partners, digital asset holders, and market participants. Phunware is poised to expand its software products and services audience through a new Generative AI platform which is in development, utilize and monetize its patents and other intellectual property, and renewed focus on development of a digital asset ecosystem for existing holders and new market participants.

    For more information on Phunware, please visit www.phunware.com. To better understand and leverage generative AI and Phunware’s mobile app technologies, visit ai.phunware.com.

    Safe Harbor / Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this press release, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. For example, Phunware is using forward-looking statements when it discusses the adoption and impact of emerging technologies and their use across mobile engagement platforms. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. These forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties, and other assumptions that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” in our filings with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

    By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Chris Tyson, Executive Vice President
    MZ Group – MZ North America
    949-491-8235
    PHUN@mzgroup.us
    www.mzgroup.us

    Phunware Media Contact:
    Joe McGurk, Managing Director
    917-259-6895
    PHUN@mzgroup.us

               
    Phunware, Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
               
      March 31,     December 31,  
      2025     2024  
    Assets: (Unaudited)        
    Current assets:          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 109,719     $ 112,974  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $264 and $166 as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   697       276  
    Digital currencies   82       103  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   588       406  
    Total current assets   111,086       113,759  
    Non-current assets:          
    Property and equipment, net   20       24  
    Right-of-use asset   770       840  
    Other assets   158       158  
    Total non-current assets   948       1,022  
    Total assets $ 112,034     $ 114,781  
               
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity          
    Current liabilities:          
    Accounts payable $ 4,073     $ 3,754  
    Accrued expenses   492       148  
    Deferred revenue   1,124       1,034  
    Lease liability   320       313  
    PhunCoin subscription payable   1,202       1,202  
    Total current liabilities   7,211       6,451  
    Deferred revenue   660       528  
    Lease liability   537       619  
    Total noncurrent liabilities   1,197       1,147  
    Total liabilities   8,408       7,598  
    Commitments and contingencies (See Note 7)          
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 20,180,875 shares issued and 20,170,745 share outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 20,166,665 shares issued and 20,156,535 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024   2       2  
    Treasury Stock   (502 )     (502 )
    Additional paid-in capital   421,169       421,003  
    Accumulated deficit   (317,043 )     (313,320 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   103,626       107,183  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 112,034     $ 114,781  
                   
    Phunware, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
    (In thousands, except share and per share information)
         
      Three Months Ended  
      March 31,  
      2025     2024  
               
    Net revenues $ 688     $ 921  
    Cost of revenues   329       397  
    Gross profit   359       524  
    Operating expenses:          
    Sales and marketing   896       443  
    General and administrative   3,464       2,471  
    Research and development   813       484  
    Total operating expenses   5,173       3,398  
    Operating loss   (4,814 )     (2,874 )
    Other income (expense):          
    Interest expense   (9 )     (108 )
    Interest income   1,119       140  
    Gain on extinguishment of debt         535  
    Other (expense) income, net   (19 )     15  
    Total other income   1,091       582  
    Loss before taxes   (3,723 )     (2,292 )
    Income tax expense          
    Net loss   (3,723 )     (2,292 )
    Net loss per share, basic and diluted $ (0.18 )   $ (0.33 )
    Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic & diluted   20,169,640       6,864,226  
                   
    Phunware, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (In thousands)
         
      Three Months Ended  
      March 31,  
      2025     2024  
    Operating activities          
    Net loss $ (3,723 )   $ (2,292 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:          
    Gain on extinguishment of debt         (535 )
    Stock-based compensation   86       630  
    Other adjustments   132       329  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
    Accounts receivable   (444 )     (82 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (182 )     (11 )
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   663       (2,893 )
    Lease liability payments   (89 )     (185 )
    Deferred revenue   222       (286 )
    Net cash used in operating activities from continued operations   (3,335 )     (5,325 )
    Net cash used in operating activities from discontinued operations         (205 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (3,335 )     (5,530 )
    Investing activities          
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities          
    Financing activities          
    Proceeds from sales of common stock, net of issuance costs   80       23,204  
    Net cash provided by financing activities   80       23,204  
               
    Effect of exchange rate on cash         (41 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (3,255 )     17,633  
    Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period   112,974       3,934  
    Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period $ 109,719     $ 21,567  
               
               
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information          
    Interest paid $ 9     $ 4  
    Income taxes paid $     $ 26  
    Supplemental disclosures of non-cash financing activities:          
    Issuance of common stock upon conversion of the 2022 Promissory Note $     $ 4,505  
    Issuance of common stock for payment of bonuses and consulting fees $     $ 35  
                   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Rapid7 Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Annualized recurring revenue (“ARR”) of $837 million, an increase of 4% year-over-year
    • Total revenue of $210 million, up 3% year-over-year; Product subscriptions revenue of $204 million, up 4% year-over-year
    • GAAP operating loss of $0.1 million; Non-GAAP operating income of $32 million
    • Net cash provided by operating activities of $30 million; Free cash flow of $25 million

    BOSTON, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Rapid7, Inc. (Nasdaq: RPD), a leader in extended risk and threat detection, today announced its financial results for the first quarter 2025.

    “We had a slower start to 2025 than anticipated however we have a clear strategy and strong conviction in our long-term opportunity,” said Corey Thomas, Chairman and CEO of Rapid7. “Against a more uncertain macroeconomic environment, we are executing with increased focus and urgency—investing behind our leadership in MDR, accelerating Exposure Command adoption, and sharpening our go-to-market engine. We believe these steps position us for improved ARR in the second half of the year and beyond. At the same time, we remain committed to operational discipline and delivering strong free cash flow in 2025.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Other Metrics

      As of March 31,
      2025
      2024
      % Change
      (dollars in thousands)
    ARR $ 837,220     $ 807,196     4 %
    Number of customers   11,685       11,462     2 %
    ARR per customer $ 71.6     $ 70.4     2 %
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024   % Change
      (in thousands, except per share data)
    Product subscriptions revenue $ 203,935     $ 196,918     4 %
    Professional services revenue   6,318       8,183     (23 %)
    Total revenue $ 210,253     $ 205,101     3 %
               
    North America revenue $ 157,945     $ 157,340     %
    Rest of world revenue   52,308       47,761     10 %
    Total revenue $ 210,253     $ 205,101     3 %
               
    GAAP gross profit $ 150,773     $ 144,107      
    GAAP gross margin   72 %     70 %    
    Non-GAAP gross profit $ 157,460     $ 151,112      
    Non-GAAP gross margin   75 %     74 %    
               
    GAAP (loss) income from operations $ (101 )   $ 9,716      
    GAAP operating margin   %     5 %    
    Non-GAAP income from operations $ 32,353     $ 40,285      
    Non-GAAP operating margin   15 %     20 %    
               
    GAAP net income $ 2,105     $ 1,406      
    GAAP net income per share, basic $ 0.03       0.02      
    GAAP net income per share, diluted $ 0.03     $ 0.02      
    Non-GAAP net income $ 35,578     $ 39,388      
    Non-GAAP net income per share:          
    Basic $ 0.56     $ 0.64      
    Diluted $ 0.49     $ 0.55      
               
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 38,898     $ 46,619      
               
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 29,757     $ 31,070      
    Free cash flow $ 24,677     $ 27,534      
                       

    For additional details on the reconciliation of non-GAAP measures and certain other business metrics to their nearest comparable GAAP measures, please refer to the accompanying financial data tables included in this press release. The prior year period reflects an immaterial correction. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for further information.

    Recent Business Highlights

    • In April, Rapid7 launched unified threat-informed remediation for its Command Platform, delivering effective remediation at scale via proactive exposure remediation and AI-assisted automated detection and response. In addition to these enhancements to the Command Platform, Rapid7 also launched Breach Protection Warranty, offering MTC (Managed Thread Complete) Ultimate customers up to $1,000,000 in coverage embedded directly into the service.
    • In April, Rapid7 launched Managed Detection & Response (MDR) for Enterprise, a fully managed and customizable detection and response service designed to meet the unique demands of complex, distributed enterprise environments.
    • In April, Rapid7 introduced Intelligence Hub within its Command Platform, an integrated threat intelligence solution designed to provide security teams with meaningful context and actionable insights for accelerated detection and response.
    • In March, Rapid7 announced the appointment of three new members to its Board of Directors: Wael Mohamed, Mike Burns, and Kevin Galligan. These strategic appointments reinforce the company’s commitment to scaling the business, enhancing operational efficiency, and driving long-term shareholder returns.
    • In March, Rapid7 announced plans for expansion in India, including the opening of a global capacity center, which will serve as a Security Operations Center (SOC) and innovation hub to house technology, security operations, customer support, and IT teams.

    Second Quarter and Full Year 2025 Guidance

    Rapid7 anticipates ARR, revenue, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income per share and free cash flow to be in the following ranges:

      Second Quarter 2025   Full-Year 2025
      (in millions, except per share data)
    ARR         $850 to $880
    Year-over-year growth         1% to 5%
    Revenue $211 to $213   $853 to $863
    Year-over-year growth 1% to 2%   1% to 2%
    Non-GAAP income from operations $30 to $32   $125 to $135
    Non-GAAP net income per share $0.43 to $0.46   $1.78 to $1.91
    Weighted average shares outstanding 75.3   76.7
    Free cash flow         $125 to $135
                   

    The guidance provided above is forward-looking in nature. Actual results may differ materially. See the cautionary note regarding “Forward-Looking Statements” below. Guidance for the second quarter 2025 does not include any potential impact of foreign exchange gains or losses. The guidance provided above is based on a number of assumptions, estimates and expectations as of the date of this press release and, while presented with numerical specificity, this guidance is inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond Rapid7’s control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions or economic conditions, some of which may change. Rapid7 undertakes no obligation to update guidance after this date.

    Non-GAAP guidance excludes estimates for stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangible assets, amortization of debt issuance costs, and certain other items such as acquisition-related expenses, impairment of long-lived assets, restructuring expense, induced conversion expense, change in the fair value of derivative assets, litigation-related expenses and discrete tax items. Rapid7 has provided a reconciliation of each non-GAAP guidance measure to the most comparable GAAP measures in the financial statement tables included in this press release. The reconciliation does not reflect any items that are unknown at this time, including, but not limited to, non-ordinary course litigation-related expenses, which we are not able to predict without unreasonable effort due to their inherent uncertainty.

    Conference Call and Webcast Information

    Rapid7 will host a conference call today, May 12, 2025, to discuss its results at 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. The call will be accessible by telephone at 888-330-2384 (domestic) or +1 240-789-2701 (international) with the event code 8484206. The call will also be available live via webcast on Rapid7’s website at https://investors.rapid7.com. A webcast replay of the conference call will be available at https://investors.rapid7.com.

    About Rapid7

    Rapid7 (Nasdaq: RPD) is on a mission to create a safer digital world by making cybersecurity simpler and more accessible. We empower security professionals to manage a modern attack surface through our best-in-class technology, leading-edge research, and broad, strategic expertise. Rapid7’s comprehensive security solutions help more than 11,000 global customers unite cloud risk management and threat detection to reduce attack surfaces and eliminate threats with speed and precision. For more information, visit our website, check out our blog, or follow us on LinkedIn or Twitter.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Metrics

    To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we provide investors with certain non-GAAP financial measures and other metrics, which we believe are helpful to our investors. We use these non-GAAP financial measures and other metrics for financial and operational decision-making purposes and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. We also use certain non-GAAP financial measures as performance measures under our executive bonus plan. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures and other metrics provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of past financial performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

    While our non-GAAP financial measures are an important tool for financial and operational decision-making and for evaluating our own operating results over different periods of time, you should review the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures included below, and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We disclose the following non-GAAP financial measures: non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per share, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow. We also disclose non-GAAP gross margin and non-GAAP operating margin derived from these financial measures.

    We define non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per share as the respective GAAP balances excluding the effect of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangible assets, amortization of debt issuance costs and certain other items such as acquisition-related expenses, impairment of long-lived assets, change in the fair value of derivative assets, restructuring expense, induced conversion expense and discrete tax items. Non-GAAP net income per basic and diluted share is calculated as non-GAAP net income divided by the weighted average shares used to compute net income per share, with the number of weighted average shares decreased, when applicable, to reflect the anti-dilutive impact of the capped call transactions entered into in connection with our convertible senior notes.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors in assessing our operating performance due to the following factors:

    Stock-based compensation expense. We exclude stock-based compensation expense because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact our non-cash expense. We believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude stock-based compensation expense allows for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period.

    Amortization of acquired intangible assets. We believe that excluding the impact of amortization of acquired intangible assets allows for more meaningful comparisons between operating results from period to period as the intangible assets are valued at the time of acquisition and are amortized over several years after the acquisition.

    Amortization of debt issuance costs. The expense for the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our convertible senior notes and our former revolving credit facility is a non-cash item, and we believe the exclusion of this interest expense provides a more useful comparison of our operational performance in different periods.

    Induced conversion expense. In conjunction with the third quarter of 2023 partial repurchase of our 2.25% convertible senior notes due 2025, we incurred a non-cash induced conversion expense of $53.9 million. We exclude induced conversion expense because this amount is not indicative of the performance of or trends in our business, and neither is comparable to the prior period nor predictive of future results.

    Litigation-related expenses. We exclude non-ordinary course litigation expense because we do not consider legal costs and settlement fees incurred in litigation and litigation-related matters of non-ordinary course lawsuits and other disputes to be indicative of our core operating performance. We do not adjust for ordinary course legal expenses, including legal costs and settlement fees resulting from maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio and license agreements.

    Acquisition-related expenses. We exclude acquisition-related expenses, including accretion expense associated with contingent consideration, as costs that are unrelated to the current operations and are neither comparable to the prior period nor predictive of future results.

    Change in fair value of derivative assets. The expense for the change in fair value of derivative assets related to our 2023 capped calls settlement is a non-cash item and we believe the exclusion of this other income (expense) provides a more useful comparison of our operational performance in different periods.

    Impairment of long-lived assets. Impairment of long-lived assets consists of impairment charges allocated to the carrying amount of certain operating right-of-use assets and the associated leasehold improvements when the carrying amounts exceed their respective fair values and we believe the exclusion of the impairment charges provides a more useful comparison of our operational performance in different periods.

    Restructuring expense. We exclude non-ordinary course restructuring expenses related to our restructuring plan, that was completed during fiscal year 2024, because we do not believe these charges are indicative of our core operating performance and we believe the exclusion of the restructuring expenses provides a more useful comparison of our performance in different periods.

    Discrete tax items. We exclude certain discrete tax items such as income tax expenses or benefits that are not related to ongoing business operations in the current year and adjustments to uncertain tax position reserves as these charges are not indicative of our ongoing operating results, and they are not considered when we are forecasting our future results.

    Anti-dilutive impact of capped call transaction. Our capped call transactions are intended to offset potential dilution from the conversion features in our convertible senior notes. Although we cannot reflect the anti-dilutive impact of the capped call transactions under GAAP, we do reflect the anti-dilutive impact of the capped call transactions in non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share, when applicable, to provide investors with useful information in evaluating our financial performance on a per share basis.

    Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that we define as net income (loss) before (1) interest income, (2) interest expense, (3) other (income) expense, net, (4) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (5) depreciation expense, (6) amortization of intangible assets, (7) stock-based compensation expense, (8) acquisition-related expenses, and (9) restructuring expense. We believe that the use of adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods.

    Free Cash Flow. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure that we define as cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal-use software costs. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by the business after necessary capital expenditures.

    Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because the non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and exclude expenses that may have a material impact upon our reported financial results. Further, stock-based compensation expense has been and will continue to be for the foreseeable future a significant recurring expense in our business and an important part of the compensation provided to our employees.

    Other Metrics

    ARR. ARR is defined as the annual value of all recurring revenue related to contracts in place at the end of the period. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue as ARR is an operating metric and is not intended to be combined with or replace these items. ARR is not a forecast of future revenue, which can be impacted by contract start and end dates and renewal rates, and does not include revenue reported as professional services revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

    Number of Customers. We define a customer as any entity that has an active Rapid7 recurring revenue contract as of the specified measurement date, excluding InsightOps and Logentries only customers with a contract value of less than $2,400 per year.

    ARR per Customer. We define ARR per customer as ARR divided by the number of customers at the end of the period.

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the statements regarding our financial guidance for the second quarter and full-year 2025, and the assumptions underlying such guidance. Our use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “will” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The events described in our forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Risks that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, growing macroeconomic uncertainty, unstable market and economic conditions, fluctuations in our quarterly results, our ability to successfully grow our sales of our cloud-based solutions, including through the shift to a consolidated platform sales approach, effectiveness of our restructuring plan that was completed during fiscal year 2024, failure to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business, our ability to sustain our revenue growth rate, the ability of our products and professional services to correctly detect vulnerabilities, renewal of our customer’s subscriptions, competition in the markets in which we operate, market growth, our ability to innovate and manage our growth, our sales cycles, our ability to integrate acquired companies, exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities, and our ability to operate in compliance with applicable laws as well as other risks and uncertainties that could affect our business and results described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2025, particularly in the section entitled “Item 1.A Risk Factors,” and in the subsequent reports that we file with the SEC. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements we may make. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

    Investor contact:

    Elizabeth Chwalk
    Vice President, Investor Relations
    investors@rapid7.com
    (617) 865-4277

    Press contact:

    Alice Randall
    Director, Global Corporate Communications
    press@rapid7.com
    (214) 693-4727

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
             
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets        
    Current assets:        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 291,462     $ 334,686  
    Short-term investments     202,011       187,025  
    Accounts receivable, net     140,541       168,242  
    Deferred contract acquisition and fulfillment costs, current portion     50,667       52,134  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     47,964       44,024  
    Total current assets     732,645       786,111  
    Long-term investments     99,136       37,274  
    Property and equipment, net     31,659       32,245  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     46,404       48,877  
    Deferred contract acquisition and fulfillment costs, non-current portion     69,843       73,672  
    Goodwill     575,268       575,268  
    Intangible assets, net     79,763       85,719  
    Other assets     10,092       12,868  
    Total assets   $ 1,644,810     $ 1,652,034  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
    Current liabilities:        
    Accounts payable   $ 12,318     $ 18,908  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     69,458       88,802  
    Convertible senior notes, current portion, net     45,967       45,895  
    Operating lease liabilities, current portion     13,614       15,493  
    Deferred revenue, current portion     447,798       461,118  
    Total current liabilities     589,155       630,216  
    Convertible senior notes, non-current portion, net     889,303       888,356  
    Operating lease liabilities, non-current portion     65,484       68,430  
    Deferred revenue, non-current portion     27,524       27,078  
    Other long-term liabilities     20,622       20,243  
    Total liabilities     1,592,088       1,634,323  
    Stockholders’ equity:        
    Common stock   $ 642     $ 635  
    Treasury stock     (4,765 )     (4,765 )
    Additional paid-in-capital     1,042,355       1,011,080  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     419       (1,205 )
    Accumulated deficit     (985,929 )     (988,034 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     52,722       17,711  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 1,644,810     $ 1,652,034  
                     

    Note: Certain prior periods reflect immaterial corrections. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenue:      
    Product subscriptions $ 203,935     $ 196,918  
    Professional services   6,318       8,183  
    Total revenue   210,253       205,101  
    Cost of revenue:      
    Product subscriptions   54,368       54,734  
    Professional services   5,112       6,260  
    Total cost of revenue   59,480       60,994  
    Total gross profit   150,773       144,107  
    Operating expenses:      
    Research and development   47,888       41,368  
    Sales and marketing   79,400       73,095  
    General and administrative   23,586       19,928  
    Total operating expenses   150,874       134,391  
    (Loss) income from operations   (101 )     9,716  
    Other income (expense), net:      
    Interest income   5,758       4,720  
    Interest expense   (2,654 )     (2,670 )
    Other income (expense), net   1,802       (1,435 )
    Income before income taxes   4,805       10,331  
    Provision for income taxes   2,700       8,925  
    Net income $ 2,105     $ 1,406  
    Net income per share, basic $ 0.03     $ 0.02  
    Net income per share, diluted (1) $ 0.03     $ 0.02  
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic   63,835,945       61,907,808  
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding, diluted   64,224,415       74,021,704  
                   

    (1) We use the if-converted method to compute diluted earnings per share with respect to our convertible senior notes. There was no add-back of interest expense or additional dilutive shares related to the convertible senior notes where the effect was anti-dilutive. On an if-converted basis, for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the 2025, 2027 and 2029 Notes were anti-dilutive.

    Note: Certain prior periods reflect immaterial corrections. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 2,105     $ 1,406  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   11,665       11,348  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   1,019       1,053  
    Stock-based compensation expense   27,151       25,745  
    Deferred income taxes         1,840  
    Other   (1,153 )     (203 )
    Changes in assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable   27,668       39,529  
    Deferred contract acquisition and fulfillment costs   5,295       (679 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (1,995 )     (1,223 )
    Accounts payable   (6,555 )     (4,190 )
    Accrued expenses   (20,325 )     (24,890 )
    Deferred revenue   (12,874 )     (21,186 )
    Other liabilities   (2,244 )     2,520  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   29,757       31,070  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (1,361 )     (620 )
    Capitalization of internal-use software   (3,719 )     (2,916 )
    Purchases of investments   (144,461 )     (93,158 )
    Sales and maturities of investments   69,000       55,000  
    Other investing activities   1,328        
    Net cash used in investing activities   (79,213 )     (41,694 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards   (1,303 )     (1,764 )
    Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan   4,446       5,046  
    Proceeds from stock option exercises   1,589       1,080  
    Net cash provided by financing activities   4,732       4,362  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ,cash equivalents and restricted cash   1,334       (1,493 )
    Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (43,390 )     (7,755 )
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period $ 342,101     $ 214,130  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $ 298,711     $ 206,375  
    Supplemental cash flow information:      
    Cash paid for interest on convertible senior notes   1,571       2,698  
    Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds   992       2,352  
    Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 291,462     $ 198,716  
    Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets   7,249       7,659  
    Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ 298,711     $ 206,375  
                   

    Note: Certain prior periods reflect immaterial corrections. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    GAAP gross profit $ 150,773     $ 144,107  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense1   2,264       2,671  
    Add: Amortization of acquired intangible assets2   4,423       4,317  
    Non-GAAP gross profit $ 157,460     $ 151,095  
    Non-GAAP gross margin   74.9 %     73.7 %
           
    GAAP gross profit – Product subscriptions $ 149,567     $ 142,184  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense   1,731       2,298  
    Add: Amortization of acquired intangible assets   4,423       4,317  
    Non-GAAP gross profit – Product subscriptions $ 155,721     $ 148,799  
    Non-GAAP gross margin – Product subscriptions   76.4 %     75.6 %
           
    GAAP gross profit – Professional services $ 1,206     $ 1,923  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense   533       373  
    Non-GAAP gross profit – Professional services $ 1,739     $ 2,296  
    Non-GAAP gross margin – Professional services   27.5 %     28.1 %
           
    GAAP (loss) income from operations $ (101 )   $ 9,716  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense1   27,151       25,745  
    Add: Amortization of acquired intangible assets2   5,120       5,014  
    Add: Acquisition-related expenses3   183        
    Add: Restructuring expense         (190 )
    Non-GAAP income from operations $ 32,353     $ 40,285  
           
    GAAP net income $ 2,105     $ 1,406  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense1   27,151       25,745  
    Add: Amortization of acquired intangible assets2   5,120       5,014  
    Add: Amortization of debt issuance costs   1,019       1,053  
    Add: Acquisition-related expenses3   183        
    Add: Restructuring expense4         (190 )
    Add: Discrete tax items5         6,360  
    Non-GAAP net income $ 35,578     $ 39,388  
    Add: Interest expense of convertible senior notes6   1,571       1,571  
    Numerator for non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted calculation $ 37,149     $ 40,959  
           
    Weighted average shares used in GAAP earnings per share calculation, basic   63,835,945       61,907,808  
    Dilutive effect of convertible senior notes6   11,183,611       11,183,611  
           
    Dilutive effect of employee equity incentive plans7   388,471       930,195  
    Weighted average shares used in non-GAAP earnings per share calculation, diluted   75,408,027       74,021,614  
           
    Non-GAAP net income per share:      
    Basic $ 0.56     $ 0.64  
    Diluted $ 0.49     $ 0.55  
           
    Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:      
    Cost of revenue $ 2,264     $ 2,671  
    Research and development   10,386       7,944  
    Sales and marketing   7,241       7,137  
    General and administrative   7,260       7,993  
           
    Includes amortization of acquired intangible assets as follows:      
    Cost of revenue $ 4,423     $ 4,317  
    Sales and marketing   652       652  
    General and administrative   45       45  
           
    Includes acquisition-related expenses as follows:      
    General and administrative $ 183     $  
           
    For the three months ended March 31, 2024 restructuring expense was included within general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations.
           
    Includes discrete tax items as follows:
    Provision for income taxes $     $ 6,360  
           
    We use the if-converted method to compute diluted earnings per share with respect to our convertible senior notes. There was no add-back of interest expense or additional dilutive shares related to the convertible senior notes where the effect was anti-dilutive.
           
    We use the treasury method to compute the dilutive effect of employee equity incentive plan awards.
           

    Note: Certain prior periods reflect immaterial corrections. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    GAAP net income $ 2,105     $ 1,406  
    Interest income   (5,758 )     (4,720 )
    Interest expense   2,654       2,670  
    Other (income) expense, net   (1,802 )     1,435  
    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes   2,700       8,925  
    Depreciation expense   2,791       2,908  
    Amortization of intangible assets   8,874       8,440  
    Stock-based compensation expense   27,151       25,745  
    Acquisition-related expenses   183        
    Restructuring expense         (190 )
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 38,898     $ 46,619  
                   

    Note: Certain prior period reflect immaterial corrections. Refer to Note 16, Immaterial Correction of an Error, in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

     
    RAPID7, INC.
    Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 29,757     $ 31,070  
    Less: Purchases of property and equipment   (1,361 )     (620 )
    Less: Capitalized internal-use software costs   (3,719 )     (2,916 )
    Free cash flow $ 24,677     $ 27,534  
                   
     
    Second Quarter and Full-Year 2025 Guidance
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
    (in millions, except per share data)
           
      Second Quarter 2025   Full-Year 2025
    Reconciliation of GAAP income from operations to non-GAAP income from operations:              
    Anticipated GAAP loss from operations $ (2 ) to $     $ (11 ) to $ (1 )
    Add: Anticipated stock-based compensation expense   27   to   27       116   to   116  
    Add: Anticipated amortization of acquired intangible assets   5   to   5       20   to   20  
    Anticipated non-GAAP income from operations $ 30   to $ 32     $ 125   to $ 135  
                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP net income to non-GAAP net income:              
    Anticipated GAAP net loss $ (2 ) to $     $ (9 ) to $ 1  
    Add: Anticipated stock-based compensation expense   27   to   27       116   to   116  
    Add: Anticipated amortization of acquired intangible assets   5   to   5       20   to   20  
    Add: Anticipated amortization of debt issuance costs   1   to   1       4   to   4  
    Anticipated non-GAAP net income $ 31   to $ 33     $ 131   to $ 141  
    Add: Anticipated interest expense on convertible senior notes   1.4   to   1.4       5.6   to   5.6  
    Numerator for non-GAAP earnings per share calculation $ 32.4   to $ 34.4     $ 136.6   to $ 146.6  
                   
    Anticipated GAAP net (loss) income per share1 $ (0.03 )   $     $ (0.14 )   $ 0.02  
    Anticipated non-GAAP net income per share, diluted $ 0.43     $ 0.46     $ 1.78     $ 1.91  
                   
    Weighted average shares used in earnings per share calculation, diluted 75.3   76.7
                   
    The anticipated GAAP net loss per share is calculated using basic weighted average shares for periods in which the Company anticipated a GAAP net loss. The anticipated GAAP net income per share is calculated using GAAP diluted weighted average shares for periods in which the Company anticipated GAAP net income.
     

    The reconciliation does not reflect any items that are unknown at this time, including, but not limited to, non-ordinary course litigation-related expenses, which we are not able to predict without unreasonable effort due to their inherent uncertainty. As a result, the estimates shown for Anticipated GAAP loss from operations, Anticipated GAAP net loss and Anticipated GAAP net loss per share are expected to change.

       
      Full-Year 2025
    Reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:      
    Anticipated net cash provided by operating activities $ 146   to $ 156  
    Less: Anticipated purchases of property and equipment   (7 ) to   (7 )
    Less: Anticipated capitalized internal-use software costs   (14 ) to   (14 )
    Anticipated free cash flow $ 125     $ 135  
                   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: OptimizeRx Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Updates Fiscal Year 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Q1 revenue of $21.9 million, increasing 11% year-over-year
    • Q1 gross profit increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million
    • Increases full year 2025 guidance to a revenue range between $101 million and $106 million and adjusted EBITDA range between $13 million and $15 million

    WALTHAM, Mass., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — OptimizeRx Corp. (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: OPRX), a leading provider of healthcare technology solutions helping life sciences companies reach and engage healthcare professionals (HCPs) and patients, today reported results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Quarterly comparisons are to the same year-ago period.

    Financial Highlights

    • Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 increased 11% to $21.9 million, as compared to $19.7 million in the same year ago period
    • Gross profit in the first quarter of 2025 increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million, from $12.2 million during the first quarter of 2024
    • GAAP net loss totaled $(2.2) million or $(0.12) per basic and diluted share in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to $(6.9) million or $(0.38) per basic and diluted share during the first quarter of 2024
    • Non-GAAP net income in the first quarter totaled $1.5 million or $0.08 per diluted share, as compared to Non-GAAP net loss of $(2.0) million or $(0.11) per diluted share during the first quarter of 2024 (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2025 increased to $1.5 million compared to $(0.3) million in the same year ago period (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $16.6 million as of March 31, 2025, as compared to $13.4 million as of December 31, 2024

    Stephen L. Silvestro, OptimizeRx CEO commented, “I’m encouraged by our year-to-date performance, which has exceeded both consensus estimates and our internal expectations. The momentum we saw at the end of 2024 has carried into 2025, with year-to-date contracted revenue up more than 20% compared to the same period last year—positioning us well for a strong second half of the year. I believe this performance clearly reflects the results of our focus on operational excellence, our commitment to delighting customers, and our efforts to deepen relationships with valued business partners, all of which are driving meaningful shareholder value.

    “At the same time, we’ve already converted over 5% of our expected 2025 sales into subscription-based revenue streams. I believe this transition, combined with our improving operating leverage, puts us on a strong path toward achieving Rule of 40 performance in the coming years.

    “Given our strong performance and positive outlook, I’m pleased to announce that we are raising our full-year guidance. We now expect the revenue range to be between $101 million and $106 million, and adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.”

      Rolling Twelve Months Ended March 31,
    Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)**  2025     2024 
      (in thousands, except percentages)
    Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer $ 2,960     $ 2,592  
    Percent of total revenue attributable to top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers   63 %     66 %
    Net revenue retention   114 %     116 %
    Revenue per average full-time employee $ 710     $ 641  

    2025 Financial Outlook

    The Company is increasing its 2025 guidance and expects revenue to be between $101 million and $106 million with Adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.

    Conference Call

    Individual Meeting Invitation

    In an effort to increase relations with institutional investors, OptimizeRx management has dedicated time to hosting individual meetings with portfolio managers and analysts. If you are interested in scheduling a meeting with OptimizeRx management, please contact: adsilva@optimizerx.com or shalper@lifesciadvisors.com.

    *Non-GAAP Measures

    In addition to the financial measures prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), this earnings release also contains non-GAAP financial measures. The reasons why we believe these measures provide useful information to investors and, for historical periods, a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures are included in the supplemental tables that follow.

    Although the Company provides guidance for Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, it is not able to provide guidance to the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations for forward-looking figures would require unreasonable effort at this time because of the uncertainty and variability of the nature and amount of certain components of various necessary GAAP components, including, for example, those related to compensation, acquisition expenses, other income, amortization or others that may arise during the year, and the Company’s management believes such reconciliations would imply a degree of precision that would be confusing or misleading to investors. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information.

    **Definition of Key Performance Indicators

    Top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers: We have updated the definition of “top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers” in our key performance indicators to be based upon Fierce Pharma’s most updated list of “The top 20 pharma companies by 2024 revenue”. We previously used “The top 20 pharma companies by 2023 revenue”. As a result of this change, prior periods have been restated for comparative purposes.

    Net revenue retention: Net revenue retention is a comparison of revenue generated from all clients in the previous period to total revenue generated from the same clients in the following year (i.e., excludes new client relationships for the most recent year).

    Revenue per average full-time employee: We define revenue per average full-time employee (FTE) as total revenue over the last 12 months (LTM) divided by the average number of employees over the LTM, which is calculated by taking our total number of FTEs at the end of the prior year period by our total FTE headcount at the end of the most recent period.

    About OptimizeRx

    OptimizeRx is a leading healthcare technology company that’s redefining how life science brands connect with patients and healthcare providers. Our platform combines innovative AI-driven tools like the Dynamic Audience Activation Platform (DAAP) and Micro-Neighborhood Targeting (MNT) to deliver timely, relevant, and hyper-local engagement. By bridging the gap between HCP and DTC strategies, we empower brands to create synchronized marketing solutions that drive faster treatment decisions and improved patient outcomes.

    Our commitment to privacy-safe, patient-centric technology ensures that every interaction is designed to make a meaningful impact, delivering life-changing therapies to the right patients at the right time. Headquartered in Waltham, Massachusetts, OptimizeRx partners with some of the world’s leading pharmaceutical and life sciences companies to transform the healthcare landscape and create a healthier future for all.

    For more information, follow the Company on Twitter, LinkedIn or visit www.optimizerx.com.  

    Important Cautions Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “expects”, “forecasts”, “intends”, “plans”, “projects”, “targets”, “designed”, “could”, “may”, “should”, “will” or other similar words and expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. All statements that reflect the Company’s expectations, assumptions, projections, beliefs or opinions about the future, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements relating to the Company’s future performance, expected revenues, expected Adjusted EBITDA, plans to grow shareholder value creation, plans to continue the Company’s growth and transformation, plans to position the Company to become a “Rule of 40” company, plans for forging stronger relationships with valued business partners, and other statements relating to future performance, plans, and expectations. These forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and involve assumptions regarding the Company’s business, the economy, and other future conditions that may never materialize or may prove to be incorrect. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted, or quantified. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of various risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the effect of government regulation, seasonal trends, dependence on a concentrated group of customers, cybersecurity incidents that could disrupt operations, the ability to keep pace with growing and evolving technology, the ability to maintain contracts with electronic prescription platforms and electronic health records networks, competition, and other factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, its subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and in other filings the Company has made and may make with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the future. One should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they were made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update such statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made, except as may be required by law.

    OptimizeRx Contact
    Andy D’Silva, SVP Corporate Finance
    adsilva@optimizerx.com

    Investor Relations Contact
    Steven Halper
    LifeSci Advisors, LLC
    shalper@lifesciadvisors.com

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS (unaudited)    
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 16,573     $ 13,380  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $335 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   32,720       38,212  
    Taxes receivable   113        
    Prepaid expenses and other   2,305       2,379  
    Total current assets   51,711       53,971  
    Property and equipment, net   150       150  
    Other assets      
    Goodwill   70,869       70,869  
    Patent rights, net   5,349       5,517  
    Technology assets, net   7,931       8,180  
    Tradename and customer relationships, net   31,226       31,819  
    Operating lease right of use assets   303       366  
    Security deposits and other assets   229       296  
    Total other assets   115,907       117,047  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Current portion of long-term debt $ 3,300     $ 2,000  
    Accounts payable   3,381       2,156  
    Accrued expenses   9,277       8,486  
    Revenue share payable   1,743       5,053  
    Taxes payable         318  
    Current portion of lease liabilities   139       168  
    Deferred revenue   511       473  
    Total current liabilities   18,351       18,654  
    Non-current liabilities      
    Long-term debt, net   29,190       30,816  
    Lease liabilities, net of current portion   171       209  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net   3,786       4,491  
    Total liabilities   51,498       54,170  
           
    Stockholders’ equity      
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024          
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 166,666,667 shares authorized, 20,234,186 and 20,194,697 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   20       20  
    Treasury stock, $0.001 par value, (1,741,397) shares held at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   (2 )     (2 )
    Additional paid-in-capital   202,819       201,348  
    Accumulated deficit   (86,567 )     (84,368 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   116,270       116,998  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
       2025     2024 
           
    Net revenue $ 21,928     $ 19,690  
    Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below   8,584       7,486  
    Gross profit   13,344       12,204  
           
    Operating expenses      
    General and administrative expenses   14,364       16,166  
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Total operating expenses   15,458       17,233  
    Loss from operations   (2,114 )     (5,029 )
    Other income (expense)      
    Interest expense   (1,297 )     (1,546 )
    Other income   39        
    Interest income   88       20  
    Total other expense, net   (1,170 )     (1,526 )
    Loss before provision for income taxes   (3,284 )     (6,555 )
    Income tax benefit (expense)   1,085       (344 )
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Loss per share – basic $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
    Loss per share – diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Bad debt reserve         132  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   174       182  
    Changes in:      
    Accounts receivable   5,492       6,373  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   74       800  
    Accounts payable   1,225       (562 )
    Revenue share payable   (3,310 )     (2,692 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   854       (362 )
    Taxes receivable and payable   (431 )     323  
    Deferred tax liabilities   (705 )      
    Deferred revenue   38       732  
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES   3,864       2,118  
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Purchase of property and equipment   (27 )     (32 )
    Capitalized software development costs   (57 )     (121 )
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (84 )     (153 )
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Cash paid for employee withholding taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock units   (87 )     (140 )
    Repayment of long-term debt   (500 )     (500 )
    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES   (587 )     (640 )
    NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   3,193       1,325  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD   13,380       13,852  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $ 16,573     $ 15,177  
           
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 1,121     $ 1,350  
    Cash paid for income taxes $     $ 21  

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    RECONCILIATION of GAAP to NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

    This earnings release includes certain financial measures not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These non-GAAP financial measures are measures of performance not defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and should be considered in addition to, not in lieu of, GAAP reported measures. Additionally, these non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. However, management believes that presenting certain non-GAAP financial measures provides additional information to facilitate comparison of the Company’s historical operating results and trends in its underlying operating results and provides transparency on how the Company evaluates its business. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions and in evaluating the Company’s performance. Management believes that financial information excluding certain items that are not considered to reflect the Company’s ongoing operating results, such as those listed below, improves the comparability of year-to-year results. Consequently, management believes that investors may be able to better understand the Company’s operating results excluding these items. Non-GAAP financial measures may reflect adjustments for items such as asset impairment charges, amortization, stock-based compensation, acquisition expenses, severance, shareholder activist related fees, CEO search fees, other income, as well as other items that management believes are not related to the Company’s ongoing performance.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
       2025     2024 
    Net loss $         (2,199 )   $         (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization           1,094               1,067  
    Stock-based compensation           1,558               3,024  
    Severance expenses           275               419  
    Shareholder activist related fees           451               —  
    CEO search fees           225               —  
    Other income           (39 )             —  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs           174               182  
    Acquisition expenses           —               243  
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) $         1,539     $         (1,964 )
           
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share      
    Diluted $         0.08     $         (0.11 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Diluted   18,579,012       18,170,108  
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Income tax (benefit) expense   (1,085 )     344  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Severance expenses   275       419  
    Acquisition expenses         243  
    Shareholder activist related fees   451        
    CEO search fees   225        
    Other income   (39 )      
    Interest expense, net   1,209       1,526  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,489     $ (276 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Amplify Energy Announces First Quarter 2025 Results, Beta Development Update and Updated Full-Year 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amplify Energy Corp. (NYSE: AMPY) (“Amplify,” the “Company,” “us,” or “our”) announced today its operating and financial results for the first quarter of 2025 and updated full-year 2025 guidance for the Company.

    Beta Development Program Update

    • Amplify initiated a development drilling program in the prolific Beta oilfield in 2024 to demonstrate the significant upside potential of the asset and generate strong incremental cash flows for the Company, with results to date proving out the viability and long-term potential of the program
    • Completed the C54 well in mid-April 2025
      • Drilled well utilizing lessons learned from 2024 program including the implementation of a managed pressure drilling system
      • IP20 was approximately 800 Bopd, which has been the strongest initial well performance in the program
      • With the C54 online, the three wells completed in the D-Sand (our primary target formation) are all projected to have greater than 90% IRR at $60/bbl oil prices
    • Completed the C48 well in mid-February 2025 as the first C-Sand completion
      • Initially planned as a D-Sand completion, but due to drilling complications elected to complete the shallower C-Sand
      • Current production rate of approximately 100 BOPD
      • Well exhibits lower oil gravities and reservoir pressures than the D-Sand completions
      • Future injection support in the area to increase reservoir pressure and deliverability is expected to prove the C-Sand as a viable future target zone
    • With the recent completions of the C48 and C54, the field now has four new development wells online, which, after offsetting the asset’s base decline, have increased Beta production by approximately 35% since early 2024
    • Based on Beta development success, at year-end 2024 Amplify had 25 SEC Proved Undeveloped (“PUD”) locations (21 D-Sand locations) with approximately $144 million in PV-10 value1
      • D-Sand completions to date are significantly outperforming the type curve utilized in SEC PUD value/reserves indicating material upside above the current valuation estimate
      • Substantial future development remains at Beta beyond the current SEC PUD locations which are based on conservative volumetric and recovery factor assumptions

    First Quarter Highlights

    • During the first quarter of 2025, the Company:
      • Achieved average total production of 17.9 MBoepd
      • Generated net cash provided by operating activities of $25.5 million and a net loss of $5.9 million
      • Delivered Adjusted EBITDA of $19.4 million and Adjusted Net Income of $3.8 million
      • Generated $6.3 million in net proceeds from the sale of undeveloped Haynesville acreage in East Texas
        • In May 2025, sold additional Haynesville interests generating $1.5 million in proceeds
      • Generated $0.9 million of Adjusted EBITDA at Magnify Energy Services, Amplify’s wholly owned subsidiary (“Magnify”)
      • As of March 31, 2025, Amplify had $125.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility
        • Net debt to Last Twelve Months (“LTM”) Adjusted EBITDA of 1.3x2

    (1)   2024 Year End reserves are evaluated at flat pricing: (NYMEX WTI, HH) – $65.00, $4.00

    (2)   Net debt as of March 31, 2025, consisting of $125 MM outstanding under its revolving credit facility with ~$0 MM of cash and cash equivalents, and LTM Adjusted EBITDA as of the first quarter of 2025.

    Martyn Willsher, Amplify’s President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “Amplify’s strong first quarter operating and financial results continue to demonstrate the significant value derived from the Company’s portfolio of assets. At Beta, we brought online two wells this year, which strengthen our conviction about the prolific untapped value that remains in the reservoir. In East Texas and the Eagle Ford, we anticipate our non-operated development projects will begin producing in the second quarter, with improved natural gas prices driving strong economics for our East Texas wells. Also, in East Texas, we recently monetized a portion of our undeveloped acreage with Haynesville rights in two separate transactions for net proceeds of $7.8 million dollars, while retaining an interest in over 30 gross locations to realize upside value in future periods.”

    Mr. Willsher continued, “In light of recent market volatility and a material reduction in oil prices, we conducted a comprehensive review of our remaining uncommitted 2025 capital budget and have elected to temporarily defer three development projects at Beta resulting in capital savings of approximately $15 million in 2025. While our Beta development projects have strong economics at current oil prices, we have flexibility on the timing of these projects and are committed to maintaining strong free cash flow and a healthy balance sheet for our investors. Our diversified portfolio of mature, low-decline assets and robust hedge book protect our cash flow profile during commodity downturns, allowing us the flexibility to scale up or down investments in either oil or gas projects depending on market conditions.”

    Mr. Willsher concluded, “Going forward, Amplify intends to focus on prudent management of its existing asset base to maximize free cash flow and is conducting a thorough review of additional operating and overhead cost-saving opportunities. The Company will also continue to evaluate portfolio optimization opportunities, which could enable us to accelerate Beta development.”

    Key Financial Results

    During the first quarter of 2025, the Company reported a net loss of approximately $5.9 million. The net loss was primarily attributable to a non-cash unrealized loss on commodity derivatives during the period partially offset by a gain on the sale of East Texas properties. Excluding the impact of the non-cash unrealized loss on commodity derivatives, the East Texas divestiture, and additional other one-time impacts, Amplify generated Adjusted Net Income of $3.8 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    First quarter 2025 Adjusted EBITDA was $19.4 million, a decrease of approximately $2.4 million from the prior quarter. The decrease was primarily due to higher lease operating expense and general and administrative expense that are typically higher in the first quarter offset by stronger gas price realizations compared to the prior quarter.

    Free cash flow was negative $7.2 million for the first quarter, which was in-line with expectations, due to planned capital investments.

         
         
         
      First Quarter Fourth Quarter
    $ in millions  2025   2024 
    Net income (loss) ($5.9 ) ($7.4 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities $25.5   $12.5  
    Average daily production (MBoe/d) 17.9   18.5  
    Total revenues excluding hedges $72.1   $69.0  
    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) $19.4   $21.8  
    Adjusted net income (loss), (a non-GAAP financial measure) $3.8   $5.1  
    Total capital $23.1   $15.3  
    Free Cash Flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) ($7.2 ) $2.9  
         

    Revolving Credit Facility and Liquidity Update

    As of March 31, 2025, Amplify had total debt of $125 million under its revolving credit facility. Net debt to LTM Adjusted EBITDA was 1.3x (net debt as of March 31, 2025). The borrowing base is redetermined on a semi-annual basis with the next redetermination expected in the second quarter of 2025.

    Corporate Production and Pricing

    During the first quarter of 2025, average daily production was approximately 17.9 Mboepd, a decrease of 0.6 Mboepd from the prior quarter. The decrease in production was driven by natural gas and NGL volumes affected by a gas imbalance adjustment in East Texas and adverse weather in Oklahoma, causing widespread power outages. These temporary production issues were factored into the production guidance previously presented for 2025.

    The Company’s product mix for the quarter was 46% crude oil, 16% NGLs, and 38% natural gas.

        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Production volumes – MBOE:      
      Bairoil 280     293  
      Beta 315     308  
      Oklahoma 393     436  
      East Texas / North Louisiana 570     609  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op) 49     60  
      Total – MBoe 1,607     1,706  
      Total – MBoe/d 17.9     18.5  
      % – Liquids 62 %   62 %
             

    Total oil, natural gas and NGL revenues for the first quarter of 2025 were approximately $70.3 million, before the impact of derivatives. The Company realized a net gain on commodity derivatives of $0.5 million during the first quarter. Oil, natural gas and NGL revenues, net of realized hedges, decreased $0.4 million for the first quarter compared to the prior quarter.

    The following table sets forth information regarding average realized sales prices for the periods indicated:

      Crude Oil ($/Bbl) NGLs ($/Bbl) Natural Gas ($/Mcf)
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    December 31,
    2024
                           
    Average sales price exclusive of realized derivatives and certain deductions from revenue $ 67.82   $ 66.82   $ 25.24     $ 23.46     $ 3.87   $ 2.52  
    Realized derivatives   0.49     1.43                 0.04     0.76  
                           
    Average sales price with realized derivatives exclusive of certain deductions from revenue $ 68.31   $ 68.25   $ 25.24     $ 23.46     $ 3.91   $ 3.28  
    Certain deductions from revenue           (1.78 )     (1.37 )     0.02     (0.01 )
                           
    Average sales price inclusive of realized derivatives and certain deductions from revenue $ 68.31   $ 68.25   $ 23.46     $ 22.09     $ 3.93   $ 3.27  
                           

    Costs and Expenses

    Lease operating expenses in the first quarter of 2025 were approximately $37.4 million, or $23.28 per Boe, a $2.3 million increase compared to the prior quarter and in-line with internal projections. Lease operating expenses are expected to decrease in the second half of 2025 after cost savings projects are completed in Bairoil, and fewer expense workovers are conducted later in the year. Lease operating expenses do not reflect $0.9 million of income generated by Magnify in the first quarter.

    Severance and ad valorem taxes in the first quarter were approximately $4.4 million, a decrease of $1.0 million compared to $5.4 million in the prior quarter. Lower production taxes were primarily due to lower production and a one-time benefit from reversing a prior accrual for waste emissions charges. Severance and ad valorem taxes as a percentage of revenue were approximately 6.2% in the first quarter. The Company anticipates that taxes as a percentage of revenue will remain within its previously announced guidance range for 2025.

    Amplify incurred $4.3 million, or $2.67 per Boe, of gathering, processing and transportation expenses in the first quarter, compared to $4.5 million, or $2.62 per Boe, in the prior quarter.

    Cash G&A expenses in the first quarter were $7.3 million, down 7% compared to the first quarter of 2024, and in-line with expectations. The Company anticipates that quarterly cash G&A expenses will be significantly lower throughout the remainder of the year primarily due to annual year-end processes that impact various cost drivers in the first quarter. The Company expects costs to be in line with our previously announced guidance range.

    Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in the first quarter totaled $8.5 million, or $5.29 per Boe, compared to $8.4 million, or $4.93 per Boe, in the prior quarter.

    Net interest expense was $3.5 million in the first quarter, a decrease of $0.2 million compared to $3.7 million in the prior quarter.

    Amplify recorded minimal current income tax expense for the first quarter of 2025.

    Capital Investment Update

    Cash capital investment during the first quarter of 2025 was approximately $23.1 million. During the first quarter, the Company’s capital allocation was approximately 55% for development drilling, recompletions and facility projects at Beta, and approximately 30% for non-operated development projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford, with the remainder distributed across the Company’s other assets.

    The following table details Amplify’s capital invested during the first quarter of 2025:

      First Quarter
      2025 Capital
      ($ MM)
    Bairoil $ 1.3
    Beta $ 12.7
    Oklahoma $ 1.4
    East Texas / North Louisiana $ 3.4
    Eagle Ford (Non-op) $ 3.9
    Magnify Energy Services $ 0.3
    Total Capital Invested $ 23.1
       

    2025 Operations & Development Plan

    Amplify has adjusted its 2025 operations and development plan for the current lower commodity price environment. The Company is electing to reduce discretionary development capital at Beta for the second half of 2025, while our previously committed non-operated projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford are expected to be completed and brought online in the second quarter.

    Amplify’s current plan is to complete three wells at Beta in 2025, including the C48 and C54 wells, which were brought online in mid-February and mid-April, respectively. Amplify intends to drill and complete its next Beta well in the third quarter, which will be a D-Sand completion drilled in the same fault block as the recently completed C54 and the C59, which was completed in October 2024 and is still producing greater than 500 bopd. With the exceptional economics at Beta, Amplify will consider adding back development wells later this year should commodity prices improve.

    Other capital at Beta for 2025 includes $8 million to upgrade a two-mile pipeline that ships all produced fluid from platform Eureka to platform Elly, facility upgrades and capital workovers. Additional information regarding the Beta development plan can be found in the Company’s investor presentation under the investor relations section of the website.

    In East Texas, we are participating in the completion of four non-operated development projects, which we expect to be online in late second quarter. Operators in the area are taking advantage of strong natural gas prices and favorable economics, and the Company anticipates more activity in this area. For the Company’s operated assets, the team is focused on prudent management of the field, such as optimizing field compression, artificial lift enhancement, and equipment insourcing, which is expected to improve the production profile and lower lease operating costs.

    Also in East Texas, as previously announced, Amplify sold 90% of its interest in certain units with Haynesville rights in Harrison County, Texas, in addition to 11 gross operated wells, and purchased a 10% interest in adjacent acreage, generating $6.3 million in net proceeds from the sale. This transaction also established an area of mutual interest (“AMI”) with the counterparty covering 10,000 gross acres. We estimate the AMI has more than 30 potential gross drilling locations.

    In May 2025, Amplify completed a separate transaction, which monetized 90% of its interests in three additional units with Haynesville rights in Panola and Shelby Counties, finalizing a separate AMI consisting of seven total units. Amplify also retained a 10% working interest with the ability to participate in any well drilled within the boundary of the AMI. Upon closing the transaction, Amplify generated approximately $1.5 million in proceeds.

    From November 2024 to present, Amplify has generated proceeds of $9.2 million related to Haynesville acreage transactions, while retaining a 10% working interest in two newly created AMIs in the Haynesville play of East Texas.

    In the Eagle Ford, we are participating in 14 gross (0.7 net) new development wells and two gross (0.4 net) recompletion projects. These non-operated wells, with highly accretive forecasted returns, have been completed and are scheduled to come online in early May. The Company is also evaluating additional development opportunities recently offered by our partners in fields where we have interests.

    Updated Full-Year 2025 Guidance

    Based on recent reductions to crude oil prices, Amplify has decided to modify its capital plans in order to maintain positive free cash flow in 2025. As a result of these modifications, we are providing updated guidance. The following guidance is subject to the cautionary statements and limitations described under the “Forward-Looking Statements” caption at the end of this press release. Amplify’s updated 2025 guidance is based on its current expectations regarding capital investment and full-year 2025 commodity prices for crude oil of $61.75/Bbl (WTI) and natural gas of $3.60/MMBtu (Henry Hub), and on the assumption that market demand and prices for oil and natural gas will continue at levels that allow for economic production of these products. Additionally, the Company expects to invest approximately 95% of its capital in the first three quarters of the year primarily in connection with the Beta development program and for non-operated development projects in East Texas and the Eagle Ford.

    A summary of the guidance is presented below:

      March 5, 2025
      March 7, 2025
      Previous Guidance   Updated Guidance
                   
      FY 2025E   FY 2025E
                   
      Low   High   Low   High
                   
    Net Average Daily Production              
    Oil (MBbls/d) 8.5 9.4   8.3 8.9
    NGL (MBbls/d) 3.0 3.3   3.0 3.3
    Natural Gas (MMcf/d) 45.0 51.0   45.0 50.0
    Total (MBoe/d) 19.0 21.0   19.0 20.5
                   
    Commodity Price Differential / Realizations (Unhedged)              
    Oil Differential ($ / Bbl) ($3.25) ($4.25)   ($3.25) ($4.25)
    NGL Realized Price (% of WTI NYMEX) 27% 31%   27% 31%
    Natural Gas Realized Price (% of Henry Hub) 85% 92%   85% 92%
                   
    Other Revenue              
    Magnify Energy Services ($ MM) $4 $6   $4 $6
    Other ($ MM) $2 $3   $2 $3
    Total ($ MM) $6 $9   $6 $9
                   
    Gathering, Processing and Transportation Costs              
    Oil ($ / Bbl) $0.65 $0.85   $0.65 $0.85
    NGL ($ / Bbl) $2.75 $4.00   $2.75 $4.00
    Natural Gas ($ / Mcf) $0.55 $0.75   $0.55 $0.75
    Total ($ / Boe) $2.25 $2.85   $2.25 $2.85
                   
    Average Costs              
    Lease Operating ($ / Boe) $18.50 $20.50   $18.50 $20.50
    Taxes (% of Revenue) (1) 6.0% 7.0%   6.0% 7.0%
    Cash General and Administrative ($ / Boe) (2)(3) $3.40 $3.90   $3.40 $3.90
                   
    Adjusted EBITDA ($ MM) (2)(3) $100 $120   $80 $110
    Cash Interest Expense ($ MM) $12 $18   $12 $18
    Capital Investment ($ MM) $70 $80   $55 $70
    Free Cash Flow ($ MM) (2)(3) $10 $30   $10 $20
                   

    (1) Includes production, ad valorem and franchise taxes
    (2) Refer to “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for Amplify’s definition and use of cash G&A, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, non-GAAP measures (cash income taxes, which are not included in free cash flow, are expected to range between $0 – $1 million for the year)
    (3) Amplify believes that a quantitative reconciliation of such forward-looking information to the most comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP cannot be made available without unreasonable efforts. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures would require Amplify to predict the timing and likelihood of future transactions and other items that are difficult to accurately predict. Neither of these forward-looking measures, nor their probable significance, can be quantified with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Accordingly, a reconciliation of the most directly comparable forward-looking GAAP measures is not provided.

    Hedging

    Amplify maintains a robust hedge book to support its cash flow profile and provide downside protection in weak commodity environments. Recently, the Company added to its hedge position, further protecting future cash flows.

    Amplify executed crude oil swaps covering the first half of 2026 at a weighted average price of $62.55 per barrel and the first half of 2027 with a weighted average price of $61.93 per barrel. The Company also added natural gas swaps covering 2026 at a weighted average price of $4.12 per MMBtu, collars for the first quarter of 2026 with a weighted average floor of $4.50 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $5.73 and natural gas collars for 2027 with a weighted average floor of $3.57 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $4.58 per MMBtu.

    The following table reflects the hedged volumes under Amplify’s commodity derivative contracts and the average fixed floor and ceiling prices at which production is hedged for April 2025 through December 2027, as of May 12, 2025:

      2025   2026   2027
               
    Natural Gas Swaps:          
    Average Monthly Volume (MMBtu)   560,000     515,000     137,500
    Weighted Average Fixed Price ($) $ 3.75   $ 3.80   $ 4.01
               
    Natural Gas Collars:          
    Two-way collars          
    Average Monthly Volume (MMBtu)   500,000     517,500     437,500
    Weighted Average Ceiling Price ($) $ 3.90   $ 4.11   $ 4.21
    Weighted Average Floor Price ($) $ 3.50   $ 3.58   $ 3.56
               
    Oil Swaps:          
    Average Monthly Volume (Bbls)   141,444     125,500     30,667
    Weighted Average Fixed Price ($) $ 70.61   $ 66.40   $ 61.93
               
    Oil Collars:          
    Two-way collars          
    Average Monthly Volume (Bbls)   45,333        
    Weighted Average Ceiling Price ($) $ 80.20        
    Weighted Average Floor Price ($) $ 70.00        
               

    Amplify has posted an updated investor presentation containing additional hedging information on its website, www.amplifyenergy.com, under the Investor Relations section.

    Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

    Amplify’s financial statements and related footnotes will be available in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which Amplify expects to file with the SEC on May 12, 2025.

    About Amplify Energy

    Amplify Energy Corp. is an independent oil and natural gas company engaged in the acquisition, development, exploitation and production of oil and natural gas properties. Amplify’s operations are focused in Oklahoma, the Rockies (Bairoil), federal waters offshore Southern California (Beta), East Texas / North Louisiana, and the Eagle Ford (Non-op). For more information, visit www.amplifyenergy.com.

    Conference Call

    Amplify will host an investor teleconference tomorrow at 10 a.m. Central Time to discuss these operating and financial results. Interested parties may join the call by dialing (888) 999-3182 at least 15 minutes before the call begins and providing the Conference ID: AEC1Q25. A telephonic replay will be available for fourteen days following the call by dialing (800) 654-1563 and providing the Access Code: 52458798. A transcript and a recorded replay of the call will also be available on our website after the call.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this press release that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects, believes or anticipates will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Terminology such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “pursue,” “target,” “outlook,” “continue,” the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Company’s expectations of plans, goals, strategies (including measures to implement strategies), objectives and anticipated results with respect thereto. These statements address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, including things such as projections of results of operations, plans for growth, goals, future capital expenditures, competitive strengths, references to future intentions and other such references. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause the Company’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. These include risks and uncertainties relating to, among other things: the Company’s evaluation and implementation of strategic alternatives; risks related to the redetermination of the borrowing base under the Company’s revolving credit facility; the Company’s ability to satisfy debt obligations; the Company’s need to make accretive acquisitions or substantial capital expenditures to maintain its declining asset base, including the existence of unanticipated liabilities or problems relating to acquired or divested business or properties; volatility in the prices for oil, natural gas and NGLs; the Company’s ability to access funds on acceptable terms, if at all, because of the terms and conditions governing the Company’s indebtedness, including financial covenants; general political and economic conditions, globally and in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the Russian invasion of Ukraine, and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, trade wars and the potential destabilizing effect such conflicts may pose for the global oil and natural gas markets; expectations regarding general economic conditions, including inflation; and the impact of local, state and federal governmental regulations, including those related to climate change and hydraulic fracturing, and potential changes in these regulations. Please read the Company’s filings with the SEC, including “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and if applicable, the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, which are available on the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://www.amplifyenergy.com/investor-relations/sec-filings/default.aspx or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, for a discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ from those in such forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this press release. All forward-looking statements in this press release are qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future results or otherwise.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This press release and accompanying schedules include the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (Loss), free cash flow, net debt, PV-10 and cash G&A. The accompanying schedules provide a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Amplify’s non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to GAAP measures such as net income, operating income, net cash flows provided by operating activities, standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Amplify’s non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate such measures in the same manner as Amplify does.

    Adjusted EBITDA. Amplify defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus Interest expense, net; Income tax expense (benefit); DD&A; Accretion of AROs; Loss or (gain) on commodity derivative instruments; Cash settlements received or (paid) on expired commodity derivative instruments; Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives; Losses or (gains) on sale of properties; Share-based compensation expenses; Exploration costs; Acquisition and divestiture related costs; Loss on settlement of AROs; Bad debt expense; and Pipeline incident loss. Adjusted EBITDA is commonly used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of Amplify’s financial statements, such as investors, research analysts and rating agencies, to assess: (1) its operating performance as compared to other companies in Amplify’s industry without regard to financing methods, capital structures or historical cost basis; (2) the ability of its assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest and support Amplify’s indebtedness; and (3) the viability of projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities. Since Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income or loss and because these measures may vary among other companies, the Adjusted EBITDA data presented in this press release may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net cash provided by operating activities.

    Adjusted Net Income (Loss). Amplify defines Adjusted Net Income (Loss) as net income (loss) adjusted for unrealized loss (gain) on commodity derivative instruments, acquisition and divestiture-related expenses, unusual and infrequent items, and the income tax expense or benefit of these adjustments using our federal statutory tax rate. Adjusted Net Income (Loss) excludes the impact of unusual and infrequent items affecting earnings that vary widely and unpredictably. This measure is not meant to disassociate these items from management’s performance but rather is intended to provide helpful information to investors interested in comparing our performance between periods. Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is not considered to be an alternative to net income (loss) reported in accordance with GAAP.

    Free cash flow. Amplify defines free cash flow as Adjusted EBITDA, less cash interest expense and capital expenditures. Free cash flow is an important non-GAAP financial measure for Amplify’s investors since it serves as an indicator of the Company’s success in providing a cash return on investment. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to free cash flow are net income and net cash provided by operating activities.

    Net debt. Amplify defines net debt as the total principal amount drawn on the revolving credit facility less cash and cash equivalents. The Company uses net debt as a measure of financial position and believes this measure provides useful additional information to investors to evaluate the Company’s capital structure and financial leverage.

    PV-10. PV-10 is a non-GAAP financial measure that represents the present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved oil and natural gas reserves that are calculated using the unweighted arithmetic average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months, less future development and operating costs, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect the timing of future cash flows. The most directly comparable GAAP measure to PV-10 is standardized measure. PV-10 differs from standardized measure in its treatment of estimated future income taxes, which are excluded from PV-10. Amplify believes the presentation of PV-10 provides useful information because it is widely used by investors in evaluating oil and natural gas companies without regard to specific income tax characteristics of such entities. PV-10 is not intended to represent the current market value of our estimated proved reserves. PV-10 should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the standardized measure as defined under GAAP. As GAAP does not prescribe a comparable GAAP measure for PV-10 of reserves adjusted for pricing sensitives, it is not practicable for us to reconcile PV-10 to a standardized measure or any other GAAP measure.

    Cash G&A. Amplify defines cash G&A as general and administrative expense, less share-based compensation expense; acquisition and divestiture costs; bad debt expense; and severance payments. Cash G&A is an important non-GAAP financial measure for Amplify’s investors since it allows for analysis of G&A spend without regard to share-based compensation and other non-recurring expenses which can vary substantially from company to company. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to cash G&A is total G&A expenses.

    Contacts

    Jim Frew — Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    (832) 219-9044
    jim.frew@amplifyenergy.com

    Michael Jordan — Director, Finance and Treasurer
    (832) 219-9051
    michael.jordan@amplifyenergy.com

    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)

    Amplify Energy Corp.      
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Statements of Operations Data      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per share data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Revenues:      
      Oil and natural gas sales $ 70,341     $ 67,189  
      Other revenues   1,709       1,832  
      Total revenues   72,050       69,021  
             
    Costs and Expenses:      
      Lease operating expense   37,417       35,100  
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
      Gathering, processing and transportation   4,286       4,468  
      Exploration   6       10  
      Taxes other than income   4,384       5,356  
      Depreciation, depletion and amortization   8,494       8,418  
      General and administrative expense   10,815       9,486  
      Accretion of asset retirement obligations   2,183       2,156  
      Realized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   (503 )     (4,052 )
      Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   14,820       13,357  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Other, net   (3 )     334  
      Total costs and expenses   76,044       75,671  
             
    Operating Income (loss)   (3,994 )     (6,650 )
             
    Other Income (Expense):      
      Interest expense, net   (3,519 )     (3,684 )
      Other income (expense)   115       (113 )
      Total other income (expense)   (3,404 )     (3,797 )
             
      Income (loss) before reorganization items, net and income taxes   (7,398 )     (10,447 )
             
    Income tax benefit (expense) – current   (1 )     2,132  
    Income tax benefit (expense) – deferred   1,538       886  
             
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
             
    Earnings per share:      
      Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share $ (0.15 )   $ (0.19 )
             
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Operating Statistics      
               
          Three Months   Three Months
          Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per unit data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Oil and natural gas revenue:      
      Oil Sales $ 49,982   $ 50,817
      NGL Sales   6,157     6,602
      Natural Gas Sales   14,202     9,770
      Total oil and natural gas sales – Unhedged $ 70,341   $ 67,189
               
    Production volumes:      
      Oil Sales – MBbls   737     760
      NGL Sales – MBbls   263     299
      Natural Gas Sales – MMcf   3,647     3,883
      Total – MBoe   1,607     1,706
      Total – MBoe/d   17.9     18.5
               
    Average sales price (excluding commodity derivatives):      
      Oil – per Bbl $ 67.82   $ 66.82
      NGL – per Bbl $ 23.46   $ 22.09
      Natural gas – per Mcf $ 3.89   $ 2.52
      Total – per Boe $ 43.76   $ 39.37
               
    Average unit costs per Boe:      
      Lease operating expense $ 23.28   $ 20.57
      Gathering, processing and transportation $ 2.67   $ 2.62
      Taxes other than income $ 2.73   $ 3.14
      General and administrative expense $ 6.73   $ 5.56
      Realized gain/(loss) on commodity derivatives $ 0.31   $ 2.38
      Depletion, depreciation, and amortization $ 5.29   $ 4.93
               
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Asset Operating Statistics      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Production volumes – MBOE:      
      Bairoil   280       293  
      Beta   315       308  
      Oklahoma   393       436  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   570       609  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   49       60  
      Total – MBoe   1,607       1,706  
      Total – MBoe/d   17.9       18.5  
      % – Liquids   62 %     62 %
             
    Lease operating expense – $M:      
      Bairoil $ 13,732     $ 11,800  
      Beta   13,305       12,113  
      Oklahoma   3,856       3,948  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   4,981       5,887  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   1,542       1,351  
      Total Lease operating expense: $ 37,416     $ 35,099  
             
    Capital expenditures – $M:      
      Bairoil $ 1,322     $ 190  
      Beta   12,733       10,001  
      Oklahoma   1,445       168  
      East Texas / North Louisiana   3,449       2,758  
      Eagle Ford (Non-op)   3,905       2,125  
      Magnify Energy Services   263       82  
      Total Capital expenditures: $ 23,117     $ 15,324  
             
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited              
    Balance Sheet Data              
                       
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025
      December 31, 2024
                       
    Assets              
      Cash and Cash Equivalents $     $  
      Accounts Receivable   35,893       39,713  
      Other Current Assets   24,296       32,064  
        Total Current Assets $ 60,189     $ 71,777  
                       
      Net Oil and Gas Properties $ 400,770     $ 386,218  
      Other Long-Term Assets   292,680       289,081  
        Total Assets $ 753,639     $ 747,076  
                       
    Liabilities              
      Accounts Payable $ 19,863     $ 13,231  
      Accrued Liabilities   40,343       43,413  
      Other Current Liabilities   18,658       11,494  
        Total Current Liabilities $ 78,864     $ 68,138  
                       
      Long-Term Debt $ 125,000     $ 127,000  
      Asset Retirement Obligation   131,158       129,700  
      Other Long-Term Liabilities   15,680       13,326  
        Total Liabilities $ 350,702     $ 338,164  
                       
    Shareholders’ Equity              
      Common Stock & APIC $ 440,266     $ 440,380  
      Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)   (37,329 )     (31,468 )
        Total Shareholders’ Equity $ 402,937     $ 408,912  
                       
    Selected Financial Data – Unaudited      
    Statements of Cash Flows Data      
           
      Three Months   Three Months
      Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
           
           
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 25,501     $ 12,455  
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (21,497 )     (19,379 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (4,004 )     6,924  
           
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities:    
      Net cash provided by operating activities $ 25,501     $ 12,455  
      Changes in working capital   (5,372 )     4,770  
      Interest expense, net   3,519       3,684  
      Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives   159       159  
      Amortization and write-off of deferred financing fees   (315 )     (315 )
      Exploration costs   6       10  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Plugging and abandonment cost   171       754  
      Current income tax expense (benefit)   1       (2,132 )
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
             
    Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities:    
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
      Less: Cash interest expense   3,545       3,598  
      Less: Capital expenditures   23,117       15,324  
    Free Cash Flow: $ (7,218 )   $ 2,925  
             
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow      
             
        Three Months   Three Months
        Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
             
    Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income (Loss):      
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
      Interest expense, net   3,519       3,684  
      Income tax expense (benefit) – current   1       (2,132 )
      Income tax expense (benefit) – deferred   (1,538 )     (886 )
      Depreciation, depletion and amortization   8,494       8,418  
      Accretion of asset retirement obligations   2,183       2,156  
      (Gains) losses on commodity derivatives   14,317       9,305  
      Cash settlements received (paid) on expired commodity derivative instruments   503       4,052  
      Amortization of gain associated with terminated commodity derivatives   159       159  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Share-based compensation expense   1,890       1,686  
      (Gain) loss on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Exploration costs   6       10  
      Loss on settlement of AROs   (3 )     334  
      Bad debt expense         28  
      Pipeline incident loss   396       2,405  
    Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
             
      Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net Income (Loss):      
      Adjusted EBITDA: $ 19,444     $ 21,847  
      Less: Cash interest expense   3,545       3,598  
      Less: Capital expenditures   23,117       15,324  
      Free Cash Flow: $ (7,218 )   $ 2,925  
             
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)      
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures    
    Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income (Loss)      
               
          Three Months   Three Months
          Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s, except per share data) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss):      
      Net income (loss) $ (5,861 )   $ (7,429 )
      Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives   14,820       13,357  
      Acquisition and divestiture related costs   1,629       1,424  
      Non-recurring costs:      
        Income tax expense (benefit) – deferred   (1,538 )     (886 )
        Gain on sale of properties   (6,251 )     (1,367 )
      Tax effect of adjustments   971       (12 )
        Adjusted net income (loss) $ 3,770     $ 5,087  
               
    Selected Operating and Financial Data (Tables)          
    Reconciliation of Unaudited GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures      
    Cash General and Administrative Expenses          
               
      Three Months   Three Months
      Ended   Ended
    (Amounts in $000s) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
               
    General and administrative expense $ 10,815   $ 9,486
    Less: Share-based compensation expense   1,890     1,686
    Less: Acquisition and divestiture costs   1,629     1,424
    Less: Bad debt expense       28
    Less: Severance payments      
    Total Cash General and Administrative Expense $ 7,296   $ 6,348
               

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: GigaCloud Technology Inc Announces First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EL MONTE, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — GigaCloud Technology Inc (Nasdaq: GCT) (“GigaCloud” or the “Company”), a pioneer of global end-to-end B2B technology solutions for large parcel merchandise, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, including sustained revenue and GMV growth over the comparable prior year period.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Total revenues of $271.9 million, increased 8.3% year-over-year.
    • Gross profit of $63.7 million, decreased 4.2% year-over-year.
      Gross margin was 23.4%, compared to 26.5% in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net income of $27.1 million, in line with $27.2 million reported in the prior-year period.
      Net income margin was 10.0%, compared to 10.8% in the first quarter of 2024.
      Diluted EPS increased 3.0% year-over-year to $0.68.
    • Adjusted EBITDA1 of $33.2 million, decreased 3.8% year-over-year.
      Adjusted EPS – diluted2 of $0.83, decreased 1.2% year-over-year.
    • Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted Cash, and Investments totaled $287.5 million as of March 31, 2025, a 5.1% decrease from December 31, 2024.

    Operational Highlights

    • GigaCloud Marketplace GMV3 increased 56.1% year-over-year to $1,416.7 million for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV4 increased 49.9% year-over-year to $734.3 million for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025. 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV represented 51.8% of total GigaCloud Marketplace GMV for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Active 3P sellers5 increased 33.4% year-over-year to 1,154 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Active buyers6 increased 81.4% year-over-year to 9,966 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Spend per active buyer7 was $142,156 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.

    “Despite persistent industry headwinds, we continue to grow and see the strength of the GigaCloud Marketplace come through—buyers and sellers continue to lean in during times of volatility and challenge. That is a testament to the efficiency and value created by our Supplier Fulfilled Retailing (SFR) model,” said Larry Wu, Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer. “We are building GigaCloud to thrive for the long-term by empowering our partners to do business smarter in an increasingly complex global market. While we are actively managing near-term macro uncertainty, the positive long-term fundamentals reinforce our confidence in delivering lasting value.”

    “In September 2024, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program of $46 million, and subsequently increased the total authorized amount to $62 million in March 2025. As of today, we have repurchased approximately 3.7 million shares for $61.8 million—close to 150% of the gross proceeds raised in our IPO—at a weighted average price well above our IPO offering price. We remain positioned to deploy additional capital through future repurchase authorizations, balancing capital returns and growth investments to drive future shareholder value creation,” said Erica Wei, Chief Financial Officer.

    Business Outlook

    The Company expects its total revenues to be between $275 million and $305 million in the second quarter of 2025. This forecast reflects the Company’s current and preliminary views on the market and operational conditions, which are subject to change and cannot be predicted with reasonable accuracy as of the date hereof.

    Share Repurchase Program

    In September 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a $46 million share repurchase program, which was increased by $16 million to $62 million on March 28, 2025. Following quarter-end, on May 8, 2025, the Board approved an additional $16 million, bringing the total authorization to $78 million. The program runs through August 28, 2025. As of May 12, 2025, the Company has repurchased approximately 3.7 million of its Class A ordinary shares for $61.8 million.

    Under the share repurchase program, the Company may purchase its ordinary shares through various means, including open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, block trades, any combination thereof or other legally permissible means. The Company may effect repurchase transactions in compliance with Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The number of shares repurchased and the timing of repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, price, trading volume and general market conditions, along with the Company’s working capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host a conference call to discuss its financial results at 6:30 pm U.S. Eastern Time on May 12, 2025. Participants who wish to join the call should pre-register here at https://s1.c-conf.com/diamondpass/10046996-fh4na1.html. Upon registration, participants will receive the dial-in number and a unique PIN, which can be used to join the conference call. If participants register and forget their PIN or lose their registration confirmation email, they may re-register to receive a new PIN. All participants are encouraged to dial in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A live and archived webcast of the conference call will be accessible on the Company’s investor relations website at: https://investors.gigacloudtech.com/.

    About GigaCloud Technology Inc

    GigaCloud Technology Inc is a pioneer of global end-to-end B2B technology solutions for large parcel merchandise. The Company’s B2B ecommerce platform, which it refers to as the “GigaCloud Marketplace,” integrates everything from discovery, payments and logistics tools into one easy-to-use platform. The Company’s global marketplace seamlessly connects manufacturers, primarily in Asia, with resellers, primarily in the U.S., Asia and Europe, to execute cross-border transactions with confidence, speed and efficiency. The Company offers a truly comprehensive solution that transports products from the manufacturer’s warehouse to the end customer’s doorstep, all at one fixed price. The Company first launched its marketplace in January 2019 by focusing on the global furniture market and has since expanded into additional categories such as home appliances and fitness equipment. For more information, please visit the Company’s website: https://investors.gigacloudtech.com/.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS – diluted, to understand and evaluate its core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is net income excluding interest, income taxes and depreciation, further adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EPS – diluted is a financial measure defined as our Adjusted EBITDA divided by our diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, respectively. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS – diluted as measures of operating performance, for planning purposes, to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and in communications with our Board of Directors and investors concerning our financial performance. Non-GAAP financial measures, which may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

    For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, please see the tables captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” and “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EPS – diluted” set forth at the end of this press release.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements”. Forward-looking statements reflect our current view about future events. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Investors can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances, or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure you that such expectations will turn out to be correct, and the Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC.

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    GigaCloud Technology Inc

    Investor Relations

    Email: ir@gigacloudtech.com

    PondelWilkinson, Inc.

    Laurie Berman (Investors) – lberman@pondel.com

    George Medici (Media) – gmedici@pondel.com

     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands except for share data and per share data)
     
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS        
    Current assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 251,711   $ 259,759
    Restricted cash     697     685
    Investments     35,101     42,674
    Accounts receivable, net     67,000     57,313
    Inventories     204,854     172,489
    Prepayments and other current assets     19,842     14,672
    Total current assets     579,205     547,592
    Non-current assets        
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     438,692     451,930
    Property and equipment, net     32,688     29,498
    Intangible assets, net     5,893     6,198
    Goodwill     12,586     12,586
    Deferred tax assets     11,366     10,026
    Other non-current assets     10,607     12,645
    Total non-current assets     511,832     522,883
    Total assets   $ 1,091,037   $ 1,070,475
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)
    (In thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable $ 87,814     $ 78,163  
    Contract liabilities   5,665       4,486  
    Current operating lease liabilities   90,823       88,521  
    Income tax payable   20,001       13,615  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   87,510       79,594  
    Total current liabilities   291,813       264,379  
    Non-current liabilities      
    Operating lease liabilities, non-current   380,842       395,235  
    Deferred tax liabilities   759       941  
    Finance lease obligations, non-current   241       382  
    Non-current income tax payable   4,485       4,321  
    Total non-current liabilities   386,327       400,879  
    Total liabilities $ 678,140     $ 665,258  
    Commitments and contingencies $     $  
    Shareholders’ equity        
    Treasury shares, at cost (2,008,984 and 609,390 shares held as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   $ (34,550 )   $ (11,816 )
    Class A ordinary shares $0.05 par value, 50,673,268 shares authorized, 32,881,519 and 32,878,735 shares issued as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, 30,872,535 and 32,269,345 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)     1,643       1,643  
    Class B ordinary shares ($0.05 par value, 9,326,732 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 8,076,732 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024)     403       403  
    Additional paid-in capital     121,490       120,262  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (2,096 )     (4,136 )
    Retained earnings     326,007       298,861  
    Total shareholders’ equity     412,897       405,217  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,091,037     $ 1,070,475  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
    (In thousands except for share data and per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Revenues      
    Service revenues $ 94,068     $ 76,623  
    Product revenues   177,838       174,454  
    Total revenues   271,906       251,077  
    Cost of revenues      
    Services   79,156       62,700  
    Products   129,024       121,829  
    Total cost of revenues   208,180       184,529  
    Gross profit   63,726       66,548  
    Operating expenses      
    Selling and marketing expenses   18,558       14,580  
    General and administrative expenses   14,340       15,389  
    Research and development expenses   2,493       1,756  
    Losses on disposal of property and equipment   12       6  
    Total operating expenses   35,403       31,731  
    Operating income   28,323       34,817  
    Interest expense   (23 )     (81 )
    Interest income   2,621       1,609  
    Foreign currency exchange gains (losses), net   792       (2,709 )
    Government grants   213       6  
    Others, net   579       (322 )
    Income before income taxes   32,505       33,320  
    Income tax expense   (5,359 )     (6,125 )
    Net income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders   27,146       27,195  
    Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of nil   411       (112 )
    Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments   (6 )      
    Intra-entity foreign currency transactions gain   1,636        
    Release of foreign currency translation reserve related to liquidation of subsidiaries   (1 )      
    Total other comprehensive income (loss)   2,040       (112 )
    Comprehensive Income $ 29,186     $ 27,083  
    Net income per ordinary share      
    —Basic $ 0.68     $ 0.67  
    —Diluted $ 0.68     $ 0.66  
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing net income per ordinary share      
    —Basic   40,020,265       40,788,658  
    —Diluted   40,138,522       40,950,170  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   2,049       2,081  
    Share-based compensation   1,227       275  
    Operating lease   1,125       8,806  
    Changes in accounts receivables, net   (9,011 )     (632 )
    Changes in inventories   (30,845 )     (56,047 )
    Changes in prepayments and other assets   (3,217 )     (2,364 )
    Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   14,551       27,886  
    Changes in contract liabilities   1,096       2,045  
    Changes in income tax payable   6,418       6,552  
    Changes in deferred income taxes   (1,511 )     (2,034 )
    Other operating activities   405       1,546  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   9,433       15,309  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (2,395 )     (3,993 )
    Disposals of property and equipment   34       1,525  
    Purchases of investments   (25,000 )     (10,000 )
    Sales and maturities of investments   31,986        
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   4,625       (12,468 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Repayment of finance lease obligations   (34 )     (595 )
    Repurchases of ordinary shares   (22,734 )      
    Net cash used in financing activities   (22,768 )     (595 )
    Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   674       (306 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (8,036 )     1,940  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period   260,444       184,168  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period $ 252,408     $ 186,108  
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information      
    Cash paid for interest expense   23       81  
    Cash paid for income taxes   552       1,596  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA
    (In thousands, except for per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
      (In thousands)
    Net Income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Add: Income tax expense   5,359       6,125  
    Add: Interest expense   23       81  
    Less: Interest income   (2,621 )     (1,609 )
    Add: Depreciation and amortization   2,049       2,081  
    Add: Share-based compensation expenses   1,227       275  
    Add: Non-recurring items(1)         349  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 33,183     $ 34,497  

    ________________________
    (1) During the three months ended March 31, 2024, one of our fulfillment centers in Japan experienced a fire. As a result of the fire, we recognized losses of $1.8 million. Based on the provisions of our insurance policy, we have determined that partial recovery of the incurred losses is probable as of March 31, 2024 and therefore recorded an insurance recovery of $1.5 million. We do not believe such losses to be recurring or frequent in nature.

    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EPS – DILUTED

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Net income per ordinary share – diluted $ 0.68     $ 0.66  
    Adjustments, per ordinary share:      
    Add: Income tax expense   0.13       0.15  
    Add: Interest expense          
    Less: Interest income   (0.07 )     (0.04 )
    Add: Depreciation and amortization   0.05       0.05  
    Add: Share-based compensation expenses   0.04       0.01  
    Add: Non-recurring items(1)         0.01  
    Adjusted EPS – diluted $ 0.83     $ 0.84  
           
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – diluted   40,138,522       40,950,170  

    ________________________
    (1) During the three months ended March 31, 2024, one of our fulfillment centers in Japan experienced a fire. As a result of the fire, we recognized losses of $1.8 million. Based on the provisions of our insurance policy, we have determined that partial recovery of the incurred losses is probable as of March 31, 2024 and therefore recorded an insurance recovery of $1.5 million. We do not believe such losses to be recurring or frequent in nature.

    ________________________
    1 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measure, please see the section of “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” and the table captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” set forth at the end of this press release.

    2 Adjusted EPS – diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measure, please see the section of “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” and the table captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EPS – diluted” set forth at the end of this press release.

    3 GigaCloud Marketplace GMV means the total gross merchandise value of transactions ordered through our GigaCloud Marketplace including GigaCloud 3P and GigaCloud 1P, before any deductions of value added tax, goods and services tax, shipping charges paid by buyers to sellers and any refunds.

    4 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV means the total gross merchandise value of transactions sold through our GigaCloud Marketplace by 3P sellers, before any deductions of value added tax, goods and services tax, shipping charges paid by buyers to sellers and any refunds.

    5 Active 3P sellers means sellers who have sold a product in GigaCloud Marketplace within the last 12-month period, irrespective of cancellations or returns.

    6 Active buyers means buyers who have purchased a product in the GigaCloud Marketplace within the last 12-month period, irrespective of cancellations or returns.

    7 Spend per active buyer is calculated by dividing the total GigaCloud Marketplace GMV within the last 12-month period by the number of active buyers as of such date.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. Announces Financial Results for the Second Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. (NYSE: PFLT) announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    HIGHLIGHTS
    Quarter ended March 31, 2025 (Unaudited)
    ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
             
               
    Assets and Liabilities:          
    Investment portfolio (1)       $ 2,344.1  
    Net assets       $ 1,067.1  
    GAAP net asset value per share       $ 11.07  
    Quarterly change in GAAP net asset value per share         (2.4 )%
    Adjusted net asset value per share (2)       $ 11.07  
    Quarterly change in adjusted net asset value per share (2)         (2.4 )%
               
    Credit Facility       $ 273.8  
    2036 Asset-Backed Debt       $ 284.4  
    2036-R Asset-Backed Debt       $ 265.3  
    2026 Notes       $ 184.2  
    2037 Asset-Backed Debt       $ 358.1  
    Regulatory debt to equity       1.29x  
    Weighted average yield on debt investments at quarter-end         10.5 %
               
    Operating Results:          
    Net investment income       $ 25.0  
    Net investment income per share (GAAP)       $ 0.28  
    Core net investment income per share (3)       $ 0.28  
    Distributions declared per share       $ 0.31  
               
    Portfolio Activity:          
    Purchases of investments       $ 293.3  
    Sales and repayments of investments       $ 122.4  
               
    PSSL Portfolio data:          
    PSSL investment portfolio       $ 1,060.2  
    Purchases of investments       $ 60.0  
    Sales and repayments of investments       $ 36.8  

    (1)    Includes investments in PennantPark Senior Secured Loan Fund I LLC, or PSSL, an unconsolidated joint venture, totaling $297.3 million, at fair value.

    (2)    This is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that this number provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding the impact of the unrealized amounts on the Credit Facility. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    (3)    Core net investment income (“Core NII”) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that Core NII provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding one-time or non-recurring investment income and expenses. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, Core NII excluded: i) $0.4m of credit facility amendment costs and ii) $0.1m of incentive fee expense offset.

    CONFERENCE CALL AT 9:00 A.M. ET ON May 13, 2025

    PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. (“we”, “our”, “us”, or the “Company”) will also host a conference call at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on Tuesday May 13, 2025 to discuss its financial results. All interested parties are welcome to participate. You can access the conference call by dialing toll-free (888) 394-8218 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call. International callers should dial (929) 477-0402. All callers should reference conference ID #6661250 or PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. An archived replay will also be available on a webcast link located on the Quarterly Earnings page in the Investor section of PennantPark’s website.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

    “We are pleased that we significantly increased our financial strength during the quarter. A lower cost credit facility, a new low cost long term securitization, new low cost securitization at our PSSL JV and additional equity capital at PFLT have positioned us well to take advantage of the upcoming attractive vintage of new loans,” said Art Penn, Chairman and CEO. “Additionally, we are pleased that our senior secured loan portfolio, with among the lowest portfolio company leverage and most meaningful covenants in the industry, is positioned defensively and continues to perform well.”

    As of March 31, 2025, our portfolio totaled $2,344.1 million, and consisted of $2,100.2 million of first lien secured debt (including $237.7 million in PSSL), $4.4 million of subordinated debt and $239.5 million of preferred and common equity (including $59.6 million in PSSL). Our debt portfolio consisted of approximately 100% variable-rate investments. As of March 31, 2025, we had four portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 2.2% and 1.2% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, the portfolio had net unrealized depreciation of $61.2 million. Our overall portfolio consisted of 159 companies with an average investment size of $14.7 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.5%.

    As of September 30, 2024, our portfolio totaled $1,983.5 million and consisted of $1,746.7 million of first lien secured debt (including $237.7 million in PSSL), $2.7 million of second lien secured debt and subordinated debt and $234.1 million of preferred and common equity (including $56.5 million in PSSL). Our debt portfolio consisted of approximately 100% variable-rate investments. As of September 30, 2024, we had two portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 0.4% and 0.2% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. As of September 30, 2024, the portfolio had net unrealized depreciation of $11.4 million. Our overall portfolio consisted of 158 companies with an average investment size of $12.6 million, and a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.5%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $293.3 million in three new and 54 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 9.9%. Sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $122.4 million including $52.9 million of sales to PSSL. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $900.2 million in 14 new and 96 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.2%. Sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $523.7 million, including $240.6 million of sales to PSSL.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $338.3 million in 11 new and 48 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.6%. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $144.8 million, including $77.2 million of sales to PSSL. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $640.9 million in 24 new and 64 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.8%. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $248.7 million, including $139.9 million of sales to PSSL.

    PennantPark Senior Secured Loan Fund I LLC

    As of March 31, 2025, PSSL’s portfolio totaled $1,060.2 million, consisted of 118 companies with an average investment size of $9.0 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.5%. As of September 30, 2024, PSSL’s portfolio totaled $913.3 million, consisted of 109 companies with an average investment size of $8.4 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.4%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, PSSL invested $60.0 million (including $52.9 million purchase from the Company) in four new and five existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 9.8%. PSSL’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $36.8 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, PSSL invested $284.9 million (including $240.6 million purchased from the Company) in 21 new and 12 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.2%. PSSL’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $123.4 million.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, PSSL invested $80.1 million (including $77.2 million purchased from the Company) in six new and four existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.6%. Sales and repayments of investments for the three months ended March 31, 2024 totaled $49.5 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, PSSL invested $155.9 million (including $139.9 million purchased from the Company) in 10 new and 11 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.9%. Sales and repayments of investments for the six months ended March 31, 2024 totaled $77.2 million.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Set forth below are the results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

    Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 investment income was $61.9 million and $128.9 million, respectively, which was attributable to $56.2 million and $117.2 million from first lien secured debt and $5.7 million and $11.7 million from other investments, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, investment income was $44.4 million and $82.3 million, respectively, which was attributable to $39.0 million and $72.2 million from first lien secured debt and $5.4 million and $10.1 million from other investments, respectively. The increase in investment income for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to the increase in the size of the debt portfolio.

    Expenses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, expenses totaled $36.9 million and $74.0 million, respectively and were comprised of: $22.5 million and $44.9 million of debt related interest and expenses, $5.6 million and $10.9 million of base management fees, $6.3 million and $13.8 million of performance-based incentive fees, $1.9 million and $3.6 million of general and administrative expenses, $0.2 million and $0.5 million of taxes and $0.4 million and $0.4 million in Credit Facility amendment costs. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, expenses totaled $25.3 million and $43.8 million, respectively and were comprised of: $14.7 million and $23.6 million of debt related interest and expenses, $3.4 million and $6.4 million of base management fees, $4.8 million and $9.6 million of performance-based incentive fees, $1.8 million and $3.5 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.5 million and $0.7 million of taxes. The increase in expenses for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to the increase in interest expense from increased borrowings and an increase in base management fees and incentive fee as a result of the increase in our investment portfolio.

    Net Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 net investment income totaled $25.0 million or $0.28 per share, and $55.0 million or $0.64 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net investment income totaled $19.1 million or $0.31 per share, and $38.5 million or $0.64 per share, respectively. The increase in net investment income for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to an increase in investment income partially offset by an increase in expenses.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 net realized gains (losses) totaled $(3.5) million and $23.1 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net realized gains (losses) totaled $4.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The change in net realized gains (losses) was primarily due to changes in the market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation on Investments and Debt

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $(20.8) million and $(49.7) million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $7.7 million and $13.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, our net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $(61.2) million and $(11.4) million, respectively. The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on our investments was primarily due to the operating performance of the portfolio companies within our portfolio, changes in the capital market conditions of our investments and realization of investments.

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, our Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, our Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of less than $0.1 million and ($0.1) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the Credit Facility totaled approximately $0.1 million and zero, respectively. The net change in net unrealized (appreciation) or depreciation was primarily due to changes in the capital markets.

    Net Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $1.2 million or $0.01 per share and $29.6 million or $0.34 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $31.1 million or $0.51 per share and $53.6 million, or $0.89 per share, respectively. The net increase or (decrease) from operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to operating performance of our portfolio and changes in capital market conditions of our investments along with change in size and cost yield of our debt portfolio and costs of financing.

    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Our liquidity and capital resources are derived primarily from cash flows from operations, including income earned, proceeds from investment sales and repayments, and proceeds of securities offerings and debt financings. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies and payments of fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our debt capital, proceeds from our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives and operations.

    In February 2025 the Company, through the 2037 Securitization Issuer, completed a $474.6 million term debt securitization of which we retained $85.1 million of subordinated notes and $28.5 million of BBB-(sf) Class D Notes of the debt securitization. The weighted average credit spread is 1.59%. This 2037 Asset-Backed Debt is scheduled to mature on April 20, 2037.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the annualized weighted average cost of debt, inclusive of the fee on the undrawn commitment on the Credit Facility, amendment costs and debt issuance costs, was 6.8% and 7.1%, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $462.1 million and $192.1 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, respectively, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had cash equivalents of $111.4 million and $112.1 million, respectively, available for investing and general corporate purposes. We believe our liquidity and capital resources are sufficient to take advantage of market opportunities.

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we issued 11,562,000 shares and 18,838,000 shares of our common stock through the 2024 ATM Program, respectively at an average price of $11.34 per share and $11.35 per share raising $131.0 million and $213.2 million of net proceeds after commissions to the Sales Agents and inclusive of proceeds from the Investment Adviser to ensure that all shares were sold at or above NAV, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we issued 4,493,436 shares of common stock through the 2022 ATM Program at an average price of $11.35 per share, raising $51.0 million of net proceeds after commissions to the Sales Agents and inclusive of proceeds from the Investment Adviser to ensure that all shares were sold at or above NAV, respectively.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025, our operating activities used cash of $350.8 million and our financing activities provided cash of $350.1 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily due to borrowings under our Credit Facility, proceeds from the 2037 Asset-Backed debt and proceeds from the public offerings under our 2024 ATM Program.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2024, our operating activities used cash of $354.5 million and our financing activities provided cash of $379.2 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily due to borrowings under the Credit Facility and proceeds from the 2036 Asset-Backed debt partially offset by the repayment of the 2023 Notes.

    DISTRIBUTIONS

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we declared distributions of $0.3075 and $0.615 per share for total distributions of $27.7 million and $52.9 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we declared distributions of $0.3075 and $0.615 per share for total distributions of $18.8 million and $36.9 million, respectively. We monitor available net investment income to determine if a return of capital for tax purposes may occur for the fiscal year. To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any given fiscal year, stockholders will be notified of the portion of those distributions deemed to be a tax return of capital. Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to stockholders subject to information reporting on Form 1099-DIV after the end of each calendar year and in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

    RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

    In April 2025, PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. amended its credit facility agreement led by Truist Bank. As part of the amendment, the Company pricing decreased to SOFR plus 200 basis points from SOFR plus 225 basis points, the reinvestment period was extended one year to August 2028, the maturity date was extended one year to August 2030, and the maximum first lien advance rate was increased to 72.5% from 70.0%. As part of this amendment, commitments decreased from $736 million to $718 million.

    In April 2025, PSSL through its wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, PennantPark CLO 12, LLC closed a four year reinvestment period, twelve-year final maturity $301 million debt securitization in the form of a collateralized loan obligation. The debt in this securitization is structured in the following manner: (i) $30.0 million of Class A-1 Loans, which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.45%, (ii) $141.0 million of Class A-1 Notes,which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.45%, (iii) $12.0 million of Class A-2 Notes, which bear interest at a three-month SOFR plus 1.60%, (iv) $21.0 million of Class B notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.85%, (v) $24.0 million of Class C notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 2.30%, (vi) $18.0 million Class D notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 3.30%, (vii) $55.0 million of Sub notes. The weighted average credit spread is 1.71%. PSSL will continue to retain all of the subordinated notes through a consolidated subsidiary. The reinvestment period for the term debt securitization ends in April 2029 and the debt is scheduled to mature in April 2037. The term debt securitization is expected to be approximately 100% funded at close. The proceeds from the debt will be used to repay a portion of PSSL’s $325 million secured credit facility.

    AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company makes available on its website its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC, and stockholders may find such report on its website at www.pennantpark.com.

    PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (in thousands, except per share data)
     
       
        March 31, 2025     September 30, 2024  
        (unaudited)        
    Assets            
    Investments at fair value            
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (amortized cost— $2,043,844 and $1,622,669, respectively)   $ 2,046,762     $ 1,632,269  
    Controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost— $361,375 and $372,271, respectively)     297,290       351,235  
    Total investments (amortized cost— $2,405,219 and $1,994,940, respectively)     2,344,052       1,983,504  
    Cash and cash equivalents (cost— $111,368 and $112,046, respectively)     111,358       112,050  
    Interest receivable     11,094       12,167  
    Receivables from investments sold     2,048        
    Distributions receivable     946       635  
    Due from affiliate     82       291  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     2,268       198  
    Total assets     2,471,848       2,108,845  
    Liabilities            
    Credit Facility payable, at fair value (cost— $273,855 and $443,855, respectively)     273,790       443,880  
    2026 Notes payable, net (par—$185,000)     184,220       183,832  
    2036 Asset-Backed Debt, net (par—$287,000)     284,357       284,086  
    2036-R Asset-Backed Debt, net (par-$266,000)     265,300       265,235  
    2037 Asset-Backed Debt, net (par— $361,000)     358,083        
    Payable for investments purchased           20,363  
    Interest payable on debt     15,202       14,645  
    Distributions payable     9,627       7,834  
    Base management fee payable     5,604       4,588  
    Incentive fee payable     6,258       3,189  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     1,664       2,187  
    Deferred tax liability     612       1,712  
    Total liabilities     1,404,717       1,231,551  
    Net assets            
    Common stock, 96,417,896 and 77,579,896 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Par value $0.001 per share and 200,000,000 shares authorized     96       78  
    Paid-in capital in excess of par value     1,189,888       976,744  
    Accumulated deficit     (122,853 )     (99,528 )
    Total net assets   $ 1,067,131     $ 877,294  
    Total liabilities and net assets   $ 2,471,848     $ 2,108,845  
    Net asset value per share   $ 11.07     $ 11.31  
    PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
     
       
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        Six months Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Investment income:                        
    From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:                        
    Interest   $ 49,215     $ 30,470     $ 96,678     $ 54,238  
    Dividend     369       577       946       1,085  
    Other income     634       1,268       2,114       3,031  
    From controlled, affiliated investments:                        
    Interest     7,345       8,320       20,153       16,754  
    Dividend     4,375       3,719       8,750       7,219  
    Other income                 306        
    Total investment income     61,938       44,354       128,947       82,327  
    Expenses:                        
    Interest and expenses on debt     22,529       14,688       44,890       23,630  
    Performance-based incentive fee     6,258       4,767       13,750       9,630  
    Base management fee     5,604       3,424       10,868       6,375  
    General and administrative expenses     1,200       1,255       2,400       2,243  
    Administrative services expenses     650       585       1,150       1,211  
    Expenses before amendment costs and provision for taxes     36,241       24,719       73,058       43,089  
    Provision for taxes on net investment income     225       547       450       701  
    Credit Facility amendment costs     442             442        
    Total expenses     36,908       25,266       73,950       43,790  
    Net investment income     25,030       19,088       54,997       38,537  
    Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                        
    Net realized gain (loss) on:                        
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     (795 )     4,010       386       921  
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments     (2,682 )           22,811        
    Provision for taxes on realized gain (loss) on investments     (21 )           (94 )      
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (3,498 )     4,010       23,103       921  
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:                        
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     (9,630 )     3,278       (6,688 )     8,506  
    Controlled and non-controlled, affiliated investments     (11,146 )     4,466       (43,050 )     5,408  
    Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     468       230       1,100       230  
    Debt appreciation (depreciation)     1       39       91       (23 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and debt     (20,307 )     8,013       (48,547 )     14,121  
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from investments and debt     (23,805 )     12,023       (25,444 )     15,042  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations   $ 1,225     $ 31,111     $ 29,553     $ 53,579  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share   $ 0.01     $ 0.51     $ 0.34     $ 0.89  
    Net investment income per common share   $ 0.28     $ 0.31     $ 0.64     $ 0.64  

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD.

    PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. is a business development company which primarily invests in U.S. middle-market companies in the form of floating rate senior secured loans, including first lien secured debt, second lien secured debt and subordinated debt. From time to time, the Company may also invest in equity investments. PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. is managed by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC.

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC

    PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is a leading middle-market credit platform, managing approximately $10 billion of investable capital, including potential leverage. Since its inception in 2007, PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC has provided investors access to middle-market credit by offering private equity firms and their portfolio companies as well as other middle-market borrowers a comprehensive range of creative and flexible financing solutions. PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is headquartered in Miami and has offices in New York, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, and Amsterdam.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND OTHER

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or results, and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. You should not place undue influence on such forward-looking statements as such statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.

    We may use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “seeks,” “plans,” “estimates” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations.

    The information contained herein is based on current tax laws, which may change in the future. The Company cannot be held responsible for any direct or incidental loss resulting from applying any of the information provided in this publication or from any other source mentioned. The information provided in this material does not constitute any specific legal, tax or accounting advice. Please consult with qualified professionals for this type of advice.

    CONTACT: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
      PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd.
      (212) 905-1000
      www.pennantpark.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Middlefield Banc Corp. Announces 2025 Second-Quarter Cash Dividend Payment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIDDLEFIELD, Ohio, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Middlefield Banc Corp. (NASDAQ: MBCN) today announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.21 per common share. The 2025 second-quarter dividend is payable on June 13, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 30, 2025.

    About Middlefield Banc Corp.
    Middlefield Banc Corp., headquartered in Middlefield, Ohio, is the Bank holding Company of The Middlefield Banking Company, with total assets of $1.89 billion at March 31, 2025. The Bank operates 21 full-service banking centers and an LPL Financial® brokerage office serving Ada, Beachwood, Bellefontaine, Chardon, Cortland, Dublin, Garrettsville, Kenton, Mantua, Marysville, Middlefield, Newbury, Orwell, Plain City, Powell, Solon, Sunbury, Twinsburg, and Westerville. The Bank also operates a Loan Production Office in Mentor, Ohio.

    Additional information is available at www.middlefieldbank.bank

    This press release of Middlefield Banc Corp. and the reports Middlefield Banc Corp. files with the Securities and Exchange Commission often contain “forward-looking statements” relating to present or future trends or factors affecting the banking industry and, specifically, the financial operations, markets and products of Middlefield Banc Corp. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. There are a number of important factors that could cause Middlefield Banc Corp.’s future results to differ materially from historical performance or projected performance. These factors include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant increase in competitive pressures among financial institutions; (2) changes in the interest rate environment that may reduce interest margins; (3) changes in prepayment speeds, charge-offs and loan loss provisions; (4) less favorable than expected general economic conditions; (5) legislative or regulatory changes that may adversely affect businesses in which Middlefield Banc Corp. is engaged; (6) technological issues which may adversely affect Middlefield Banc Corp.’s financial operations or customers; (7) changes in the securities markets; or (8) risk factors mentioned in the reports and registration statements Middlefield Banc Corp. files with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Middlefield Banc Corp. undertakes no obligation to release revisions to these forward-looking statements or to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this press release.

    Company Contact: Investor and Media Contact:
    Ron Zimmerly
    President and Chief Executive Officer Middlefield Banc Corp.
    (419) 673-1217
    RZimmerly@middlefieldbank.com
    Andrew M. Berger
    Managing Director
    SM Berger & Company, Inc.
    (216) 464-6400
    andrew@smberger.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Runway Growth Finance Corp. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Delivered Total and Net Investment Income of $35.4 million and $15.6 million, Respectively

    Investment Portfolio of $1.0 billion

    Conference Call Today, Monday, May 12, 2025 at 5:00 p.m. ET

    MENLO PARK, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Runway Growth Finance Corp. (Nasdaq: RWAY) (“Runway Growth” or the “Company”), a leading provider of flexible capital solutions to late- and growth-stage companies seeking an alternative to raising equity, today announced its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Total investment income of $35.4 million
    • Net investment income of $15.6 million, or $0.42 per share
    • Net asset value of $503.3 million, or $13.48 per share
    • Dollar-weighted annualized yield on debt investments of 15.44%
    • Three investments completed in existing portfolio companies, representing $50.7 million in funded investments
    • Aggregate proceeds of $71.9 million in principal prepayments and $3.7 million from scheduled amortization
    • Aggregate proceeds of $38.1 million in equity sale proceeds, resulting in net realized gains of $7.4 million
    • Total net realized gains on investments of $6.1 million

    Second Quarter 2025 Distributions

    • Declared second quarter 2025 regular dividend of $0.33 per share
    • Declared second quarter 2025 supplemental dividend of $0.02 per share

    “In the first quarter of 2025, Runway Growth advanced its platform strategy, enhancing origination channels as we seek to maximize our portfolio,” said David Spreng, Founder and CEO of Runway Growth. “For the first quarter, we delivered net investment income of $15.6 million, comfortably covered our quarterly distributions, and executed on three investments in existing portfolio companies. As officially part of the broader BC Partners platform, we believe we have ample liquidity to move both opportunistically and selectively when the right investments arise. Looking ahead, we are well positioned to optimize our portfolio while maintaining credit-first underwriting practices as we deliver strong returns for our shareholders.”

    First Quarter 2025 Operating Results

    Total investment income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was $35.4 million, compared to $40.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Net investment income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was $15.6 million, or $0.42 per share, compared to $18.7 million, or $0.46 per share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    The Company’s dollar-weighted annualized yield on average debt investments for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was 15.4%. The Company calculates the yield on dollar-weighted debt investments for any period measured as (1) total investment-related income during the period divided by (2) the daily average of the fair value of debt investments, including investments on non-accrual status, outstanding during the period.

    Total operating expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 were $19.8 million, compared to $21.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Net realized gain on investments was $6.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to no net realized gains or losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, net change in unrealized loss on investments was $19.8 million, compared to a net change in unrealized loss on investments of $6.6 million for the comparable prior year period.

    Portfolio and Investment Activity

    As of March 31, 2025, Runway Growth’s investment portfolio had an aggregate fair value of $1.0 billion in 52 companies, comprising $946.4 million in term loans, 97.9% of which are senior secured loans, and $57.8 million in warrants and other equity-related investments.

    During the first quarter of 2025, Runway Growth funded three investments in existing portfolio companies, representing $15.3 million in funded loans, which is net of refinances of $35.0 million and upfront loan origination fees of $0.4 million.

    Total portfolio investment activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

         
      Three Months Ended March 31,  
         
      2025     2024  
    Beginning investment portfolio $ 1,076,840     $ 1,067,009  
    Purchases of investments   15,320       24,642  
    PIK interest   3,260       4,176  
    Sales and prepayments of investments   (74,978 )     (34,449 )
    Scheduled repayments of investments   (3,665 )     (413 )
    Sales and maturities of U.S. Treasury Bills         (42,029 )
    Amortization of fixed income premiums or accretion of discounts   1,189       4,013  
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments   6,057        
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments   (19,790 )     (6,617 )
    Ending investment portfolio $ 1,004,233     $ 1,016,332  
                   

    Net Asset Value

    As of March 31, 2025, net asset value per share was $13.48, compared to $13.36 as of March 31, 2024. Total net assets at the end of the first quarter of 2025 was $503.3 million, down 4.9% from $529.5 million as of March 31, 2024.

    For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, our net increase in net assets resulting from operations was $1.9 million, or $0.05 per share, compared to a net increase in net assets resulting from operations of $12.0 million, or $0.30 per share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had approximately $315.4 million in available liquidity, including unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $18.4 million and $297.0 million in available borrowing capacity under the Company’s credit facility, subject to existing terms, advance rates and regulatory and covenant requirements.

    The Company ended the quarter with a core leverage ratio of approximately 99%, compared to 108% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.

    Distributions

    On May 7, 2025, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) declared a regular quarterly distribution of $0.33 per share and a supplemental distribution of $0.02 per share for stockholders of record as of May 19, 2025, each payable on June 3, 2025.

    Recent Developments

    The Company evaluated events subsequent to March 31, 2025 through May 12, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There have been no subsequent events that occurred during such period that would require recognition or disclosure, except as disclosed below.

    Borrowings

    On April 7, 2025, the Company entered into the Master Note Purchase Agreement, dated April 7, 2025 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), governing the issuance of 7.51% Series 2025A Senior Notes due April 7, 2028 (the “Series 2025A Notes”), in aggregate principal amount of $107.0 million, to institutional investors in a private placement.

    The Series 2025A Notes have a fixed interest rate of 7.51% per year. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Series 2025A Notes to repay outstanding indebtedness, make investments in accordance with the Company’s investment objective and investment strategy, and for other general corporate purposes of the Company.

    The Series 2025A Notes will mature on April 7, 2028 unless redeemed, purchased or prepaid prior to such date by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. Interest on the Series 2025A Notes will be due semiannually on April 7 and October 7 of each year, beginning on October 7, 2025. In addition, the Company is obligated to offer to repay the Series 2025A Notes at par (plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of prepayment) if certain change in control events occur. Subject to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, so long as no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) shall then exist, at any time on or after October 7, 2027, the Company may, at its option, prepay all or any part of the 2025A Notes at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with, in each case, accrued interest to the prepayment date.

    The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and conditions for senior notes issued in a private placement, including, without limitation, affirmative and negative covenants related to information reporting, maintenance of the Company’s status as a business development company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, minimum shareholders’ equity, minimum asset coverage ratio and maximum secured debt ratio. The Note Purchase Agreement also contains customary events of default with customary cure and notice periods.

    Recent Portfolio Activity

    From April 1, 2025 through May 12, 2025, the Company completed $40.0 million of additional debt commitments, of which $27.0 million was funded upon closing.

    Share Repurchase Program

    On May 7, 2025, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the “New Repurchase Program”) under which the Company may repurchase up to $25.0 million of its outstanding common stock. Under the New Repurchase Program, purchases may be made at management’s discretion from time to time in open-market transactions, in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations. If not renewed, the New Repurchase Program will terminate upon the earlier of (i) May 7, 2026 or (ii) the repurchase of $25.0 million of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.

    Conference Call

    Runway Growth will hold a conference call to discuss its first quarter ended March 31, 2025 financial results at 2:00 p.m. PT (5:00 p.m. ET) on Monday, May 12, 2025. To participate in the conference call or webcast, participants should register online at the Runway Investor Relations website. The earnings call can also be accessed through the following links:

    A live webcast will be available in the investor section of the Company’s website, and will be archived for 90 days following the call.

    About Runway Growth Finance Corp.

    Runway Growth is a growing specialty finance company focused on providing flexible capital solutions to late- and growth-stage companies seeking an alternative to raising equity. Runway Growth is a closed-end investment fund that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Runway Growth is externally managed by Runway Growth Capital LLC, an established registered investment advisor that was formed in 2015 and led by industry veteran David Spreng. For more information, please visit www.runwaygrowth.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements included herein may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release may constitute forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance, condition or results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in Runway Growth’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Runway Growth undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release.

    Important Disclosures

    Strategies described involve special risks that should be evaluated carefully before a decision is made to invest. Not all of the risks and other significant aspects of these strategies are discussed herein.  Please see a more detailed discussion of these risk factors and other related risks in the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K in the section entitled “Risk Factors”, and in the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which may be obtained on the Company’s website, www.runwaygrowth.com, or the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov

    IR Contacts:

    Taylor Donahue, Prosek Partners, tdonahue@prosek.com 

    Thomas B. Raterman, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, tr@runwaygrowth.com 

    RUNWAY GROWTH FINANCE CORP.
    Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024  
        (Unaudited)      
    Assets            
    Investments at fair value:            
    Non-control/non-affiliate investments at fair value (cost of $1,039,965 and $1,038,135, respectively) $ 997,359   $ 1,005,328  
    Affiliate investments at fair value (cost of $4,551 and $59,198, respectively)       64,572  
    Control investments at fair value (cost of $6,550 and $6,550, respectively)   6,874     6,940  
    Total investments at fair value (cost of $1,051,066 and $1,103,883, respectively)   1,004,233     1,076,840  
    Cash and cash equivalents   18,356     5,751  
    Interest and fees receivable   8,730     8,141  
    Other assets   1,577     623  
    Total assets   1,032,896     1,091,355  
    Liabilities            
    Debt:            
    Credit facility   253,000     311,000  
    2026 Notes   95,000     95,000  
    2027 Notes   152,250     152,250  
    Unamortized deferred financing costs   (8,043 )   (5,918 )
    Total debt, less unamortized deferred financing costs   492,207     552,332  
    Distributions payable   13,445      
    Incentive fees payable   14,045     14,106  
    Interest payable   7,656     7,743  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   2,253     2,305  
    Total liabilities   529,606     576,486  
    Net assets            
    Common stock, par value   373     373  
    Additional paid-in capital   557,992     557,992  
    Accumulated undistributed (overdistributed) earnings   (55,075 )   (43,496 )
    Total net assets $ 503,290   $ 514,869  
                 
    Shares of common stock outstanding ($0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized)   37,347,428     37,347,428  
    Net asset value per share $ 13.48   $ 13.79  
    RUNWAY GROWTH FINANCE CORP.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
     
       
      Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025   2024  
    Investment income            
    From non-control/non-affiliate investments:            
    Interest income $ 30,109   $ 34,455  
    Payment-in-kind interest income   3,651     4,207  
    Dividend income   318      
    Fee income   229     620  
    From affiliate investments:            
    Interest income   646     599  
    Fee income   256      
    Other income   189     128  
    Total investment income   35,398     40,009  
    Operating expenses            
    Management fees   4,009     3,952  
    Incentive fees   3,929     4,668  
    Interest and other debt financing expenses   10,287     10,860  
    Professional fees   454     662  
    Administration agreement expenses   625     564  
    Insurance expense   155     208  
    Tax expense   110     2  
    Other expenses   230     429  
    Total operating expenses   19,799     21,345  
    Net investment income   15,599     18,664  
    Net realized and net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments            
    Net realized gain (loss) on non-control/non-affiliate investments   (2,886 )    
    Net realized gain (loss) on affiliate investments   8,943      
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments   6,057      
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on non-control/non-affiliate investments   (9,799 )   (5,065 )
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on affiliate investments   (9,925 )   (1,552 )
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on control investments   (66 )    
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments   (19,790 )   (6,617 )
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments   (13,733 )   (6,617 )
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations $ 1,866   $ 12,047  
    Net investment income per common share (basic and diluted) $ 0.42   $ 0.46  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic and diluted) $ 0.05   $ 0.30  
    Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)   37,347,428     40,392,255  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Rigetti Computing Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BERKELEY, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Rigetti Computing, Inc. (Nasdaq: RGTI) (“Rigetti” or the “Company”), a pioneer in full-stack quantum-classical computing, today announced its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 and Recent Financial Highlights

    • Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $1.5 million
    • Total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $22.1 million
    • Operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $21.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $42.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 includes $62.1 million of non-cash gains from the change in fair value of derivative warrant and earn-out liabilities
    • As of March 31, 2025 cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $209.1 million
    • As of April 30, 2025, following the previously announced closing of the share purchase by Quanta Computer, Inc., cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $237.7 million

    “Rigetti is proud to be awarded important government-funded projects in the U.S. and U.K. to advance our technology, which demonstrates our continued leadership in superconducting quantum computing,” says Rigetti CEO Dr. Subodh Kulkarni. “We also are making great strides in developing innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems, which is possible due to our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners.”

    Recent Business Developments

    Rigetti Selected to Participate in DARPA’s Quantum Benchmarking Initiative
    Rigetti will advance to Stage A, a 6-month performance period focused on the Company’s utility-scale quantum computer concept worth up to $1 million upon completion of program milestones. Rigetti’s proposed concept to design and build a Utility-Scale Quantum Computer (USQC) combines the Company’s proprietary multi-chip architecture with scalable quantum error correction (QEC) codes. Rigetti’s long-time partner and leader in QEC technology, Riverlane, will be collaborating on this project and bringing their expertise to help refine the proposed USQC concept and validate the underlying technology.

    Rigetti Granted AFOSR Award to Further Develop Breakthrough Chip Fabrication Technology
    Rigetti will lead a $5.48 million consortium to further develop its breakthrough chip fabrication technology, Alternating-Bias Assisted Annealing (ABAA). Rigetti will collaborate with Iowa State University, the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, the University of Connecticut, and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory* to develop a detailed understanding of how ABAA impacts the chip on a microscopic level — which aims to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them.

    *Funded separately though Laboratory for Physical Sciences, University of Maryland

    Rigetti Awarded Three Innovate UK Quantum Mission Pilot Awards to Advance Superconducting Quantum Computing
    Rigetti will lead a £3.5 million consortium to advance quantum error correction capabilities on superconducting quantum computers. In collaboration with Riverlane and the National Quantum Computing Centre (NQCC) Superconducting Circuits Team, the consortium will conduct ambitious QEC tests that advance state-of-the-art metrics and demonstrate real-time QEC capabilities — a requirement for universal, fault-tolerant quantum computing.

    As part of the project, Rigetti will also upgrade its existing NQCC quantum computer. The upgrades will include:

    • Deploying a larger 36-qubit quantum processing unit (QPU), updating from the current 24-qubit QPU
    • Integrating Rigetti’s latest generation control system, enabling improved qubit control and a fully programmable, low-latency interface with Riverlane’s QEC Stack

    Rigetti was also awarded two additional Quantum Missions pilot competition projects:

    • Collaboration with SEEQC to integrate its digital chip-based technology with Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera™ QPU hosted at the NQCC with the goal of identifying and understanding the key system components needed for scalable QEC.
    • Collaboration with TreQ, Qruise, Q-CTRL, and Oxford Ionics aims to create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware.

    Rigetti Closes Investment by Quanta Computer
    On April 29, 2025, Rigetti closed its previously announced investment by Quanta Computer Inc. related to our strategic collaboration agreement. In connection with the closing, Quanta purchased approximately $35 million of shares of Rigetti common stock at approximately $11.59 per share.

    Recent Technical Updates

    Controlling a Superconducting Qubit Using Optical Signals
    Rigetti’s joint paper with Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and University of Chicago, “Coherent control of a superconducting qubit using light,” has been published in Nature Physics.

    Fault-tolerant quantum computing will likely require 10,000 to a million physical qubits. Scaling these systems is challenging because they require bulky microwave components with high thermal loads that can quickly overwhelm the cooling power of a dilution refrigerator. Optical signals have a considerably smaller footprint and negligible thermal conductivity.

    The team successfully demonstrated the integration of a hybrid microwave-optical quantum transducer with a Rigetti-fabricated superconducting qubit. This hybrid set-up enables optical control of the qubit, removing the need for coax lines and provides a promising approach to scaling to higher qubit count systems.

    New Quantum Algorithm Boosts Classical Optimizers
    Rigetti leveraged its new quantum optimization algorithm, quantum preconditioning, to address a power energy grid problem. Using a public dataset representing South Carolina’s energy grid, the problem was to compute the maximum power exchange section, a metric that informs on the health and the power delivery capability of the energy network. Using Rigetti’s 84-qubit Ankaa-3 system, quantum preconditioning was used to boost best-in-class classical optimizers. A relative advantage against the classical baseline was achieved along with a high solution accuracy, highlighting the potential for quantum preconditioning to achieve quantum utility for solving practical optimization problems.

    Conference Call and Webcast
    Rigetti will host a conference call later today, May 12, 2025, at 5:00 pm ET, or 2:00 pm PT, to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial results.

    You can listen to a live audio webcast of the conference call at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/5w8qggnn/ or the “Events & Presentations” section of the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.rigetti.com/. A replay of the conference call will be available at the same locations following the conclusion of the call for one year.

    To participate in the live call, you must register using the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIa01e2c81dc8f4031b25c1ce89653b15e. Once registered, you will receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN number. When you dial in, you will input your PIN and be routed into the call. If you register and forget your PIN, or lose the registration confirmation email, simply re-register to receive a new PIN.

    About Rigetti
    Rigetti is a pioneer in full-stack quantum computing. The Company has operated quantum computers over the cloud since 2017 and serves global enterprise, government, and research clients through its Rigetti Quantum Cloud Services platform. In 2021, Rigetti began selling on-premises quantum computing systems with qubit counts between 24 and 84 qubits, supporting national laboratories and quantum computing centers. Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera QPU was introduced in 2023 supporting a broader R&D community with a high-performance, on-premises QPU designed to plug into a customer’s existing cryogenic and control systems. The Company’s proprietary quantum-classical infrastructure provides high-performance integration with public and private clouds for practical quantum computing. Rigetti has developed the industry’s first multi-chip quantum processor for scalable quantum computing systems. The Company designs and manufactures its chips in-house at Fab-1, the industry’s first dedicated and integrated quantum device manufacturing facility. Learn more at https://www.rigetti.com/.

    Contacts
    Rigetti Computing Investor Contact:
    IR@Rigetti.com

    Rigetti Computing Media Contact:
    press@rigetti.com

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this communication may be considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including statements with respect to the Company’s future success and performance, including expectations with respect to timing of the development and commercialization of superconducting quantum computing; expectations regarding the advantages and impact of the government-funded projects on the Company’s operations, technology roadmap, milestones, and the Company’s position in the industry; statements to the development of innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems and the impact of our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners; expectations for work under the AFOSR Award to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them; and expectations for the Quantum Missions pilot competition projects to: (a) lead to identifying and understanding key system components needed for scalable QEC, and (b) create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware. These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by the Company and its management, are inherently uncertain. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: the Company’s ability to achieve milestones, technological advancements, including with respect to its technology roadmap; the ability of the Company to obtain government contracts successfully and in a timely manner and the availability of government funding; the potential of quantum computing; the success of the Company’s partnerships and collaborations, including the strategic collaboration with Quanta; the Company’s ability to accelerate its development of multiple generations of quantum processors; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company or others; the ability to maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and attract and retain management and key employees; costs related to operating as a public company; changes in applicable laws or regulations; the possibility that the Company may be adversely affected by other economic, business, or competitive factors; the Company’s estimates of expenses and profitability; the evolution of the markets in which the Company competes; the ability of the Company to implement its strategic initiatives and expansion plans; the expected use of proceeds from the Company’s past and future financings or other capital; the sufficiency of the Company’s cash resources; unfavorable conditions in the Company’s industry, the global economy or global supply chain, including rising inflation and interest rates, deteriorating international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks; and other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and other documents filed by the Company from time to time with the SEC. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and the Company assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements other than as required by applicable law. The Company does not give any assurance that it will achieve its expectations.

     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except number of shares and par value)
    (unaudited)
                 
        March 31,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    Assets            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 37,162     $ 67,674  
    Available-for-sale investments – short-term     171,966       124,420  
    Accounts receivable     1,068       2,427  
    Prepaid expenses     2,124       3,156  
    Other current assets     2,041       9,081  
    Total current assets     214,361       206,758  
    Available-for-sale investments – long-term           25,068  
    Property and equipment, net     46,100       44,643  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     7,609       7,993  
    Other assets     1,068       325  
    Total assets   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                 
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable   $ 3,401     $ 1,590  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     5,665       8,005  
    Current portion of deferred revenue     147       113  
    Current portion of operating lease liabilities     2,179       2,159  
    Total current liabilities     11,392       11,867  
    Deferred revenue, less current portion     698       698  
    Operating lease liabilities, less current portion     6,230       6,641  
    Derivative warrant liabilities     39,576       93,095  
    Earn-out liabilities     4,114       45,897  
    Total liabilities     62,010       158,198  
    Commitments and contingencies            
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding            
    Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 286,974,947 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and 283,546,871 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024     29       29  
    Additional paid-in capital     719,315       681,202  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (88 )     105  
    Accumulated deficit     (512,128 )     (554,747 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     207,128       126,589  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025 2024
    Revenue   $ 1,472     $ 3,052  
    Cost of revenue     1,030       1,552  
    Total gross profit     442       1,500  
    Operating expenses:            
    Research and development     15,455       11,471  
    Selling, general and administrative     6,619       6,614  
    Total operating expenses     22,074       18,085  
    Loss from operations     (21,632 )     (16,585 )
    Other income (expense), net            
    Interest expense           (1,107 )
    Interest income     2,152       1,123  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     53,262       (2,583 )
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     8,837       (1,621 )
    Total other income (expense), net     64,251       (4,188 )
    Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     42,619       (20,773 )
    Provision for income taxes            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) available to common stockholders used in diluted earnings per share   $ 38,256     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic   $ 0.15     $ (0.14 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted   $ 0.13     $ (0.14 )
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic     284,698       151,855  
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted     301,595       151,855  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:            
    Depreciation and amortization     1,829       1,787  
    Stock-based compensation     4,174       2,991  
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     (8,837 )     1,621  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     (53,262 )     2,583  
    Accretion of available-for-sale securities     (1,423 )     (855 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs, commitment fees and accretion of final payment fees           298  
    Non-cash lease expense     384       391  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     1,359       323  
    Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets     1,379       435  
    Deferred revenue     34       (214 )
    Accounts payable     747       334  
    Accrued expenses and operating lease liabilities     (2,654 )     (2,060 )
    Net cash used in operating activities     (13,651 )     (13,139 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:            
    Purchases of property and equipment     (2,547 )     (5,493 )
    Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (44,062 )     (27,287 )
    Maturities of available-for-sale securities     23,000       39,000  
    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (23,609 )     6,220  
    Cash flows from financing activities:            
    Payments of principal of notes payable           (3,045 )
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through Common Stock Purchase Agreement           12,838  
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through At-The-Market (ATM) Offering           11,031  
    Payments of offering costs     (73 )     (174 )
    Net proceeds from tax withholdings on sell-to-cover equity award transactions     6,272        
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options     327       60  
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants     409        
    Net cash provided by financing activities     6,935       20,710  
    Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (187 )     (85 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (30,512 )     13,706  
    Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period     67,674       21,392  
    Cash and cash equivalents – end of period   $ 37,162     $ 35,098  
    Supplemental disclosures of other cash flow information:            
    Cash paid for interest   $     $ 811  
    Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
    Capitalization of deferred costs to equity upon share issuance           52  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable     1,408       1,115  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accrued expenses     74        
    Reclassification of earn-out liabilities to additional paid-in capital for vesting of Promote Sponsor Vesting Shares     32,946        
    Reclassification of derivative liabilities to additional paid-in capital due to exercise of Public Warrants     257        
    Purchases of deferred offering costs in accounts payable     122       273  
    Unrealized losses on short term investments     (8 )     (18 )
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PennantPark Investment Corporation Announces Financial Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PennantPark Investment Corporation (NYSE: PNNT) announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    HIGHLIGHTS       
    Quarter ended March 31, 2025 (unaudited)
    ($ in millions, except per share amounts)                           

    Assets and Liabilities:    
    Investment portfolio (1) $ 1,213.6  
    Net assets $ 488.1  
    GAAP net asset value per share $ 7.48  
    Quarterly change in GAAP net asset value per share   (1.2 )%
    Adjusted net asset value per share (2) $ 7.48  
    Quarterly change in adjusted net asset value per share (2)   (1.2 )%
         
    Credit Facility $ 311.4  
    2026 Notes $ 149.0  
    2026-2 Notes $ 163.5  
    Regulatory debt to equity 1.29x  
    Weighted average yield on debt investments   12.0 %
         
    Operating Results:    
    Net investment income $ 11.4  
    Net investment income per share $ 0.18  
    Core net investment income per share (3) $ 0.18  
    Distributions declared per share $ 0.24  
         
    Portfolio Activity:    
    Purchases of investments * $ 176.8  
    Sales and repayments of investments * $ 263.1  
         
    PSLF Portfolio data:    
    PSLF investment portfolio $ 1,392.9  
    Purchases of investments $ 169.9  
    Sales and repayments of investments $ 48.3  
           

    * excludes U.S. Government Securities

    1. Includes investments in PennantPark Senior Loan Fund, LLC (“PSLF”), an unconsolidated joint venture, totaling $217.7 million, at fair value.
    2. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that this number provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding the impact of unrealized gain on the Company’s multi-currency, senior secured revolving credit facility with Truist Bank, as amended, the “Credit Facility.” The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.
    3. Core net investment income (“Core NII”) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that Core NII provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding one-time or non-recurring investment income and expenses. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, Core NII excluded: i) $0.3 million of credit facility amendment cost, and ii) $0.1 million of incentive fee expense offset.

    CONFERENCE CALL AT 12:00 P.M. EST ON MAY 13, 2025

    PennantPark Investment Corporation (“we,” “our,” “us” or the “Company”) will also host a conference call at 12:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on Tuesday, May 13, 2025 to discuss its financial results. All interested parties are welcome to participate. You can access the conference call by dialing toll-free (888) 394-8218 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call. International callers should dial (646) 828-8193. All callers should reference conference ID #1509093 or PennantPark Investment Corporation. An archived replay will also be available on a webcast link located on the Quarterly Earnings page in the Investor section of PennantPark’s website.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY 

    “We are pleased that our secured loan portfolio, with among the lowest portfolio company leverage and most meaningful covenants in the industry, is positioned defensively and continues to perform well,” said Art Penn, Chairman and CEO. “Additionally, our dividend stream is supported by substantial spillover income as we look to rotate equity investments over time.”

    As of March 31, 2025, our portfolio totaled $1,213.6 million and consisted of $503.0 million or 41% of first lien secured debt, $124.6 million or 10% of U.S. Government Securities, $17.9 million or 2% of second lien secured debt, $216.8 million or 18% of subordinated debt (including $140.3 million or 12% in PSLF) and $351.3 million or 29% of preferred and common equity (including $77.4 million or 6% in PSLF). Our interest bearing debt portfolio consisted of 91% variable-rate investments and 9% fixed-rate investments. As of March 31, 2025, we had three portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 1.6% and 0.4% percent of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $40.7 million as of March 31, 2025. Our overall portfolio consisted of 158 companies with an average investment size of $6.9 million (excluding U.S. Government Securities), had a weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.0%.

    As of September 30, 2024, our portfolio totaled $1,328.1 million and consisted of $667.9 million or 50% of first lien secured debt, $99.6 million or 8% of U.S. Government Securities, $67.2 million or 5% of second lien secured debt, $181.7 million or 14% of subordinated debt (including $115.9 million or 9% in PSLF) and $311.7 million or 23% of preferred and common equity (including $67.9 million or 5% in PSLF). Our interest bearing debt portfolio consisted of 94% variable-rate investments and 6% fixed-rate investments. As of September 30, 2024, we had two portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 4.1% and 2.3% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $11.2 million as of September 30, 2024. Our overall portfolio consisted of 152 companies with an average investment size of $8.1 million (excluding U.S. Government Securities), had a weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.3%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $176.8 million in three new and 52 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.7% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the three months ended March 31, 2025, sales and repayments of investments totaled $263.1 million (including $154.4 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $472.5 million in 15 new and 96 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.6% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the six months ended March 31, 2025, sales and repayments of investments totaled $616.8 million (including $441.0 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $188.5 million in six new and 43 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.7% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the three months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $176.2 million (including $103.1 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $419.6 million in 18 new and 60 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.8% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $247.2 million (including $154.0 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities.
      
    PennantPark Senior Loan Fund, LLC

    As of March 31, 2025, PSLF’s portfolio totaled $1,392.9 million, consisted of 119 companies with an average investment size of $11.7 million and had a weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.4%.

    As of September 30, 2024, PSLF’s portfolio totaled $1,031.2 million, consisted of 102 companies with an average investment size of $10.1 million and had a weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 11.3%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, PSLF invested $169.9 million (including $154.4 million were purchased from the Company) in eight new and 14 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.1%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $48.3 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, PSLF invested $523.7 million (including $441.0 million were purchased from the Company) in 23 new and 57 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.4%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $157.4 million.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, PSLF invested $113.2 million (including $103.1 million were purchased from the Company) in 11 new and five existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 11.8%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $49.7 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, PSLF invested $194.2 million (including $154.0 million were purchased from the Company) in 16 new and 11 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.2%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $78.9 million.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Set forth below are the results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

    Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, investment income was $30.7 million and $64.9 million, respectively, which was attributable to $22.1 million and $47.3 million from first lien secured debt, $1.0 million and $3.0 million from second lien secured debt, $1.1 million and $2.2 million from subordinated debt and $6.5 million and $12.4 million from other investments, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, investment income was $36.0 million and $70.3 million, respectively, which was attributable to $27.8 million and $52.9 million from first lien secured debt, $2.8 million and $5.4 million from second lien secured debt, $0.1 million and $1.4 million from subordinated debt and $5.3 million and $10.6 million from preferred and common equity, respectively. The decrease in investment income for three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to a decrease in our total portfolio size and a decrease in our weighted average yield on debt investments.

    Expenses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, expenses totaled $19.2 million and $40.4 million, respectively, and were comprised of $10.6 million and $22.4 million of debt related interest and expenses, $4.0 million and $8.3 million of base management fees, $2.4 million and $5.2 million of incentive fees, $1.6 million and $3.3 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.6 million and $1.3 million of provision for excise taxes, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, expenses totaled $21.7 million and $40.4 million, respectively, and were comprised of; $11.9 million and $21.4 million of debt-related interest and expenses, $4.1 million and $8.1 million of base management fees, $3.0 million and $6.3 million of incentive fees, $1.9 million and $3.3 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.8 million and $1.2 million of provision for excise taxes, respectively. The decrease in expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to decreases in interest and expenses on debt and incentive fees. Total expenses were flat for the six months ended March 31, 2025.

    Net Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net investment income totaled $11.4 million and $24.4 million, or $0.18 per share and $0.37 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net investment income totaled $14.3 million and $29.9 million, or $0.22 per share and $0.46 per share, respectively. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to a decrease in investment income and partially offset by a decrease in expenses.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net realized gains (losses) totaled $(27.7) million and $(30.3) million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net realized gains (losses) totaled $(31.0) million and $(29.2) million, respectively. The change in realized gains (losses) was primarily due to changes in the market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation on Investments and Debt

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $27.1 million and $29.5 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $33.2 million and $28.3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, our net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $40.7 million and $11.2 million, respectively. The net change in unrealized depreciation on our investments was primarily due to changes in the capital market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, the Truist Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of $(1.4) million and $1.9 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, the Truist Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of $0.5 million and $(1.6) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the Truist Credit Facility totaled $3.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The net change in unrealized depreciation compared to the same periods in the prior period was primarily due to changes in the capital markets.

    Net Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $9.5 million and $25.5 million or $0.14 per share and $0.39 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $16.1 million and $26.7 million or $0.25 per share and $0.41 per share, respectively. The change in net assets from operations for the six months ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to a change in the net realized and unrealized depreciation in the portfolio primarily driven by changes in market conditions and decrease in net investment income.

    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Our liquidity and capital resources are derived primarily from cash flows from operations, including income earned, proceeds from investment sales and repayments and proceeds of securities offerings and debt financings. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies and payments of interest expense, fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our debt capital, proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives and operations.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $314.5 million and $461.5 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Truist Credit Facility. The Truist Credit Facility had a weighted average interest rate of 6.7% and 7.2%, respectively, exclusive of the fee on undrawn commitment.  As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $185.5 million and $13.5 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Truist Credit Facility, respectively, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents of $32.6 million and $49.9 million, respectively, available for investing and general corporate purposes. We believe our liquidity and capital resources are sufficient to allows us to effectively operate our business.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025, our operating activities provided cash of $161.1 million and our financing activities used cash of $178.3 million. Our operating activities provided cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities used cash primarily for repayments of our credit facility and distributions paid to stockholders.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2024, our operating activities used cash of $150.9 million and our financing activities provided cash of $147.5 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily from borrowings under the Truist Credit Facility.

    DISTRIBUTIONS

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, we declared distributions of $0.24 and $0.48 per share, for total distributions of $15.7 million and $31.3 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we declared distributions of $0.21 and $0.42 per share, for total distributions of $13.7 million and $27.4 million, respectively. We monitor available net investment income to determine if a return of capital for tax purposes may occur for the fiscal year. To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any given fiscal year, stockholders will be notified of the portion of those distributions deemed to be a tax return of capital. Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to stockholders subject to information reporting on Form 1099-DIV after the end of each calendar year and in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

    AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company makes available on its website its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC and stockholders may find the report on our website at www.pennantpark.com.

    PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (In thousands, except share data)
     
      March 31, 2025     September 30, 2024  
      (unaudited)        
    Assets          
    Investments at fair value          
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (amortized cost—$716,505 and $916,168, respectively) $ 723,808     $ 910,323  
    Non-controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost—$58,068 and $56,734, respectively)   11,050       33,423  
    Controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost—$398,359 and $343,970, respectively)   478,752       384,304  
    Total investments (amortized cost—$1,172,932 and $1,316,872, respectively)   1,213,610       1,328,050  
    Cash and cash equivalents (cost—$32,568 and $49,833, respectively)   32,587       49,861  
    Interest receivable   5,322       5,261  
    Distribution receivable   6,040       5,417  
    Due from affiliates   35       228  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   185       269  
    Total assets   1,257,779       1,389,086  
    Liabilities          
    Truist Credit Facility payable, at fair value (cost—$314,456 and $461,456, respectively)   311,412       460,361  
    2026 Notes payable, net (par— $150,000)   149,022       148,571  
    2026 Notes-2 payable, net (par— $165,000)   163,506       163,080  
    Payable for investment purchased   124,609       100,096  
    Interest payable on debt   6,349       6,406  
    Distributions payable   5,224       5,224  
    Base management fee payable   4,017       4,297  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   3,108       4,053  
    Incentive fee payable   2,425       3,057  
    Due to affiliate   1       33  
    Total liabilities   769,673       895,178  
    Commitments and contingencies          
    Net assets          
    Common stock, 65,296,094 and 65,296,094 shares issued and outstanding, respectively              
    Par value $0.001 per share and 200,000,000 shares authorized   65       65  
    Paid-in capital in excess of par value   743,968       743,968  
    Accumulated deficit   (255,927 )     (250,125 )
    Total net assets $ 488,106     $ 493,908  
    Total liabilities and net assets $ 1,257,779     $ 1,389,086  
    Net asset value per share $ 7.48     $ 7.56  
                   
    PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except share data)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Investment income:                      
    From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:                      
    Interest $ 14,987     $ 22,904     $ 33,753     $ 43,972  
    Payment-in-kind   1,564       187       2,985       189  
    Dividend income   499       623       1,006       1,315  
    Other income   120       778       702       2,203  
    From non-controlled, affiliated investments:                      
    Payment-in-kind                     347  
    From controlled, affiliated investments:                      
    Interest   7,887       5,941       15,142       11,422  
    Payment-in-kind         857       823       1,489  
    Dividend income   5,579       4,689       10,430       9,378  
    Other income   27             27        
    Total investment income   30,663       35,979       64,868       70,315  
    Expenses:                      
    Interest and expenses on debt   10,318       11,868       22,058       21,424  
    Base management fee   4,017       4,137       8,285       8,141  
    Incentive fee   2,425       3,018       5,180       6,339  
    General and administrative expenses   1,150       1,379       2,400       2,593  
    Administrative services expenses   450       550       950       739  
    Expenses before amendment costs, debt issuance costs and provision for taxes   18,360       20,952       38,873       39,236  
    Provision for taxes on net investment income   550       775       1,250       1,168  
    Credit facility amendment and debt issuance costs   324             324        
    Net expenses   19,234       21,727       40,447       40,404  
    Net investment income   11,429       14,252       24,421       29,911  
    Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                      
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                      
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments   (27,714 )     (1,434 )     (30,274 )     1,146  
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments         (29,419 )           (30,169 )
    Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments   (49 )     (177 )     (49 )     (177 )
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments and debt   (27,763 )     (31,030 )     (30,323 )     (29,200 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:                      
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments   17,918       (1,528 )     13,141       (13,798 )
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments   9,214       34,751       16,352       42,075  
    Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments   37       (830 )           (680 )
    Debt appreciation (depreciation)   (1,379 )     470       1,949       (1,570 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and debt   25,790       32,863       31,442       26,027  
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from investments and debt   (1,973 )     1,833       1,119       (3,173 )
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations $ 9,456     $ 16,085     $ 25,540     $ 26,738  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share $ 0.14     $ 0.25     $ 0.39     $ 0.41  
    Net investment income per common share $ 0.18     $ 0.22     $ 0.37     $ 0.46  
                                   

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION

    PennantPark Investment Corporation, or the Company, is a business development company that invests primarily in U.S. middle-market companies in the form of first lien secured debt, second lien secured debt, subordinated debt and equity investments. PennantPark Investment Corporation is managed by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC.

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC

    PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is a leading middle market credit platform, managing approximately $10 billion of investable capital, including available leverage. Since its inception in 2007, PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC has provided investors access to middle market credit by offering private equity firms and their portfolio companies as well as other middle-market borrowers a comprehensive range of creative and flexible financing solutions. PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is headquartered in Miami and has offices in New York, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, and Amsterdam.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in periodic reports PennantPark Investment Corporation files under the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in filings with the SEC. PennantPark Investment Corporation undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. You should not place undue influence on such forward-looking statements as such statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.

    We may use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “seeks,” “plans,” “estimates” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations.

    The information contained herein is based on current tax laws, which may change in the future. The Company cannot be held responsible for any direct or incidental loss resulting from applying any of the information provided in this publication or from any other source mentioned. The information provided in this material does not constitute any specific legal, tax or accounting advice. Please consult with qualified professionals for this type of advice.

    Contact: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
      PennantPark Investment Corporation
      (212) 905-1000
      www.pennantpark.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Exodus Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    OMAHA, Neb., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Exodus Movement, Inc. (NYSE American: EXOD) (“Exodus”), a leading self-custodial cryptocurrency platform, today announced its unaudited results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights (Unaudited)

           
    In USD millions, except percentages Q1 2025 Q1 2024  % Change
                       
    Revenue $ 36.0   $ 29.1     24 %
                       
    Technology, development and user support   14.9     10.7     39 %
                       
    General and administrative   14.3     8.0     79 %
                       
    Loss (gain) on digital assets, net   28.8     (56.8 )   (151 %)
                       
    Net (loss) income   (12.9 )   54.8     (124 %)
                       

    “Exodus continues to offer innovative solutions that capitalize on the growing market for digital assets,” said JP Richardson, CEO and co-founder of Exodus. “Meanwhile, our focus on self-custody remains a difference-maker.”

    First Quarter Operational and Other Financial Highlights

    • Exchange provider processed volume – $2.18 billion in Q1 2025, down 7% from Q4 2024. Bitcoin, Tether (TRX Network), Solana, Tether (ETH Network), ETH, and XRP were the top assets traded in Q1 2025, at 16%, 11%, 11%, 9%, 8%, and 8% of volume, respectively.
    • Exodus monthly active users – 1.6 million at end of Q1 2025, down 30% from 2.3 million as of December 31, 2024.
    • Exodus quarterly funded users – 1.8 million at end of Q1 2025, down 5% from 1.9 million as of December 31, 2024.
    • Digital assets, cash, and cash equivalents – $238.0 million, including 2,011 units of Bitcoin valued at $166.0 million, 2,693 units of Ether valued at $4.9 million, and $62.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, USD Coin (USDC), and Treasury bills as of March 31, 2025.
    • Full-time equivalent team members – approximately 210 as of March 31 2025, unchanged from the prior quarter.
    • Customer response time – average response time of less than 60 minutes in Q1.

    “Q1 saw our highest first quarter revenue and second best revenue quarter on record.” said James Gernetzke, CFO of Exodus. “With an abundance of opportunities at our doorstep, Exodus is well-positioned to expand within our industry and beyond, well into the future.”

    Q1 2025 Webcast 

    Exodus will host a webcast of its preliminary first quarter 2025 fiscal results beginning at 4:30PM (Eastern Time) on May 12, 2025. To access the webcast, please use this link. It will also be carried on the Company’s website exodus.com/investors. Supplementary materials will also be made available prior to the webcast on the “Investor Relations” portion of the Company website, and a replay of the video webcast will be available following the live event for at least 90 days thereafter.

    Investor Contact
    investors@exodus.com

    Disclosure Information

    Exodus may use its website and the following social media outlets as distribution channels of material nonpublic information about the Company. Financial and other important information regarding the Company is routinely accessible through and posted on the following: websites exodus.com/investors and exodus.com/blog, and social media: X (@exodus and JP Richardson’s feed @jprichardson), Facebook, LinkedIn, and YouTube.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, may be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us as of the date hereof. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “will,” “expect,” “would,” “should,” “intend,” “believe,” “expect,” “likely,” “believes,” “views”, “estimates”, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, our preliminary financial information, including digital asset holdings, exchange provider processed volumes and our fiscal quarter end results, management statements regarding management’s confidence in our products, services, business trajectory and plans, expectations regarding demand for our products; and our ability to deliver higher transaction volumes. Such forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Such factors include those set forth in “Item 1. Business” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 6, 2025, as well as in our other reports filed with the SEC from time to time. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by such cautionary statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements that have been made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Presidential Message on the National Charter Schools Week, 2025

    US Senate News:

    Source: The White House
    From the earliest days of our Republic, great schools and teachers have fortified the American mind and emboldened generations of students to achieve the American Dream.  This National Charter Schools Week, my Administration renews its commitment to defend American charter schools, advance school choice, and protect the sacred right of every parent to be the steward of their children’s education. Since the first American public charter school opened in 1992, charter schools have provided children—especially those in low-income and urban areas—with the opportunity to grow, succeed, and fulfill their God-given potential, regardless of their zip code or financial situation.  Today, there are more than 8,000 operational charter schools in America empowering parents to pursue the right educational fit for their children.  Charter school students are outperforming their peers in math and reading—and in the overwhelming majority of states, charter school enrollment growth is exceeding school-aged population growth. As President, I am steadfastly committed to promoting choice, opportunity, and innovation in American classrooms.  Since taking office, I proudly signed an Executive Order to expand educational freedom and opportunity for families.  It is the official policy of my Administration that parents have the fundamental right to oversee the education, upbringing, and moral formation of their children. Last month, I also took action to create new educational and workforce development opportunities for our Nation’s youth in the realm of artificial intelligence, so that our children will be equipped with the skills they need to be leaders in the digital age.  Additionally, I signed an order directing the Secretary of Education to take all necessary steps to facilitate the closure of the Department of Education—handing education authority back to the States, where it belongs.  America’s schools should be shining examples to the rest of the world, and my Administration will never waver in its commitment to empowering parents and renewing safety, security, and sanity in our classrooms.  This National Charter Schools Week, we celebrate the tremendous accomplishments of charter school students, parents, teachers, and advocates.  We renew our pledge to support freedom in education in all its forms, whether through homeschooling or charter, public, or religious schools.  Above all, we remember that great schools are the gateway to a great, hopeful, and prosperous American future.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Court of Justice of the European Union – P10_TA(2025)0080 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Legal Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0050/2025),

    A.  whereas in the context of the discharge procedure, the discharge authority wishes to stress the particular importance of further strengthening the democratic legitimacy of the Union institutions by improving transparency and accountability, and by implementing the concept of performance-based budgeting and good governance of human resources;

    B.  whereas the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) is the judicial institution of the Union, having the task of ensuring compliance with Union law by overseeing the uniform interpretation and application of the Treaties and ensuring the lawfulness of measures adopted by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies;

    C.  whereas the CJEU helps preserving the values of the Union and, through its case-law, works towards the building of Europe;

    D.  whereas the CJEU comprises two courts: the Court of Justice and the General Court;

    E.  whereas Parliament and Council amended Protocol No 3 on the Statute of the CJEU (the ‘Statute’)(1) in 2024 with respect to the transfer of preliminary rulings in specific areas to the jurisdiction of the General Court;

    1.  Notes that the budget of the CJEU falls under MFF heading 7, ‘European public administration’, which amounted to EUR 12,3 billion in 2023 (representing 6,4 % of the total Union budget); notes that the CJEU’s budget of approximately EUR 0,5 billion represents approximately 3,9 % of the total administrative expenditure of the Union;

    2.  Notes that the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’), in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023 (the ‘Court’s report’) examined a sample of 70 transactions under the heading ‘Administration’, 10 more than were examined in 2022; the Court further states that administrative expenditure comprises expenditure on human resources, including expenditure on pensions, which in 2023 accounted for approximately 70 % of the total administrative expenditure, and expenditure on buildings, equipment, energy, communications and information technology (IT), and that its work over many years indicates that, overall, this spending is low risk;

    3.  Notes that 21 (30 %) of the 70 transactions contained errors but that the Court, based on the five errors which were quantified, estimates the level of error to be below the materiality threshold;

    4.  Notes that the Court’s report did not identify any specific issues concerning the CJEU;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5.  Notes that the budget allocated for the CJEU in 2023 amounted to EUR 486 025 796, which represented an increase of 3,9 % compared to 2022; notes that this increase was mainly related to salary adjustments forecasted for 2023; stresses that the budget of the CJEU is essentially administrative, with around 75 % of the appropriations related to expenditure for its members and staff, and almost all of the rest related to expenditure for buildings and IT;

    6.  Notes that the overall implementation rate of the budget at the end of 2023 was 97,72 %; notes that five transfers were submitted to the budgetary authority in accordance with Article 29 of the Financial Regulation to reinforce the budget lines for ‘Energy consumption’, ‘Purchases, work, servicing and maintenance of equipment and software’ and ‘buildings’ from other budget lines, mainly the budget line for staff ‘Remuneration and allowances’; notes that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine continued to create budgetary pressure for the CJEU, including through rising inflation and salary adjustments, strongly increasing energy costs and costs for a number of goods and services;

    7.  Notes with satisfaction that the authorising officer by delegation declared that the resources allocated had been used for the purpose intended and in accordance with the principle of sound financial management and that the control procedures put in place provided the necessary guarantees as to the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions;

    8.  Notes that the average payment time stood at 23,1 days in 2023 compared to 24,32 days in 2022; calls on the CJEU to continue its efforts to reduce the time for payment, particularly considering that 81 % of invoices were received electronically in 2023;

    9.  Notes that the CJEU’s mission budget, which stood at EUR 638 000 for both staff and Members in 2023, continued to decrease by 3,3 % in 2023 compared to 2022; notes that 85,1 % of the appropriations for missions in 2023 were used compared to 46,6 % in 2022 due to the persistent travel restrictions in application at that time;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    10.  Notes the significant steps taken by the CJEU in 2023 towards its judicial reform which has led to the partial transfer of jurisdiction to give preliminary rulings from the Court of Justice to the General Court; notes that a political agreement with Parliament and Council was reached at the end of 2023 in view of the amendment to the Statute of the CJEU and with a view to improving the functioning of the CJEU against the background of a steady increase in the caseload and in the complexity and sensitive nature of questions raised; notes that, further to the adoption of the reform in 2024, detailed rules and procedures were adopted in order to complete the reform and allow the implementation of the new regulatory framework as of 1 October 2024;

    11.  Notes that, in 2023, the Court of Justice ruled on five cases concerning the principle of primacy in the context of four preliminary rulings brought by the courts in Germany, Ireland, Poland, and Romania, as well as one infringement case concerning Poland; stresses the fundamental importance of the principle of primacy of Union law, which ensures the uniform interpretation and application of Union law across all Member States and safeguards the rule of law as a core value of the Union; strongly reaffirms that the primacy of Union law is the cornerstone of the Union’s legal order and highlights the pivotal role of the CJEU in upholding the rule of law across the Union. Furthermore, notes that the General Court ruled on six cases related to measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law by the Hungarian government, which systematically undermines core Union values; urges the Commission to take decisive enforcement actions against any Member State that challenges or disregards the binding nature of CJEU rulings; highlights that, in cases relating to the investigation of the Union budget, the principles of due process and fundamental rights must be fully respected by all competent authorities;

    12.  Notes that Article 4(2) of the Treaty on European Union states that “The Union shall respect the equality of Member States before the Treaties as well as their national identities, inherent in their fundamental structures, political and constitutional, inclusive of regional and local self-government. It shall respect their essential State functions […]”;

    13.  Condemns any national measures or legislative actions that seek to undermine the codification and enforcement of CJEU judgments; calls for the establishment of a formal monitoring mechanism to track Member State compliance with CJEU rulings and recommends linking compliance with EU funding disbursement under the rule of law conditionality framework;

    14.  Notes that 821 new cases were submitted to the Court of Justice in 2023, compared to 806 in 2022, out of which 63 % were references for preliminary ruling and 28,6 % were appeals against decisions of the General Court; notes that the General Court saw a major increase of cases with 1 271 new cases in 2023 compared to 904 in 2022, including an exceptional series of 404 joint cases submitted in October 2023; notes that in 2023 for the General Court, 37 % of the new cases, including the series of 404 joint cases, concerned actions relating to institutional law, 24,3 % concerned actions relating to intellectual property and 6 % concerned disputes between institutions of the Union and their staff; notes that the total number of pending cases remains stable when compared to previous years: considering the previously mentioned 404 cases as a single case, 2 587 cases were pending at the end of 2023, compared to 2 585 at the end of 2022 and 2 541 at the end of 2021;

    15.  Notes that the Court of Justice closed 783 cases in 2023, compared to 808 in 2022, and that the General Court closed 904 cases in 2023, compared to 858 in 2022;

    16.  Welcomes the decrease in the average length of proceedings for the cases closed by the Court of Justice, whereas in 2023 that average was 16,1 months, compared to 16,4 months in 2022; notes that the average duration for the cases closed by the General Court was 18,2 months, compared to 16,2 months in 2022, which the General Court explained was due to the nature and related complexity of the proceedings managed in 2023;

    17.  Notes the decrease in the average time taken to deal with direct actions before the Court of Justice (from 23,5 months in 2022 to 20,8 months in 2023) and with references for preliminary rulings (from 17,3 months to 16,8 months); notes that, as regards the litigation before the Court of Justice, there was a significant increase in the number of direct actions, in particular in the field of the environment, and that the questions referred to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling in 2023 related principally to the area of freedom, security and justice, followed by taxation, consumer protection and transport; notes that, as regards the litigation before the General Court, there was an increase of cases in the fields of intellectual property and economic and monetary policy, including banking;

    18.  Notes with satisfaction the high use rate of e-Curia in 2023, with 10 502 e-Curia accounts being registered: 94 % of lodgements before the General Court were made via e-Curia, which is the same as in 2022, while the use rate of e-Curia at the Court of Justice went up to approximately 89 %, compared to 87 % in 2022;

    19.  Appreciates the progress made in digitising the judicial archives with a view to preserving documents for future consultation and facilitating access for researchers and the public by means of a digital portal;

    20.  Welcomes the performance-based approach developed by the CJEU, allowing the CJEU to take decisions based on performance outcomes and the level of achievement of its objectives, measured through a set of workload and operational indicators; notes that the key performance indicators used by the CJEU cover a wide range of specific areas in support of the five management objectives relating to the proper functioning of the CJEU, digitalisation and emerging technologies, openness and transparency, multilingualism and human resources management;

    21.  Notes that the internal control framework of the CJEU was subject to an in-depth evaluation in 2022-2023, which confirmed its soundness; notes that, as part of that evaluation, the financial control circuits were adapted in order to make the controls more efficient;

    22.  Notes that the main internal audits carried out in 2023 concerned the CJEU’s expenditure on the cleaning of buildings, the effectiveness of the internal control system to safeguard the CJEU’s IT assets and the staff selection procedures; notes that an internal audit also carried out a study on the use of artificial intelligence in the area of justice in relation to the implementation of a “strategy for integrating tools based on artificial intelligence into the operation of the CJEU”; notes that, in many cases, the services of the CJEU took actions to implement the internal audit recommendations before the formal finalisation of the internal audits and that those actions were considered satisfactory by the internal auditor;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    23.  Notes that, at the end of 2023, the CJEU employed 1340 officials (58 %), 765 temporary agents (33 %) under Articles 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) of the Conditions of Employment of Other Staff of the EU, and 198 contract agents (9 %); notes that, at the end of 2023, the occupation rate of the establishment plan stood at 97,11 %; notes further that the annual turnover of staff was 7,8 % in 2023, which was particularly due to the 20 % of those staff who left the CJEU by taking retirement;

    24.  Notes that the Court of Justice is composed of 27 Judges and 11 Advocates General and that no new Judge or Advocate General took office in 2023; notes further that the General Court is composed of 54 Judges and that two new Judges, one woman and one man, took office during 2023; notes further that a new Registrar for the General Court was elected in 2023;

    25.  Welcomes the CJEU’s detailed responses to the questionnaire from Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control, provided as part of the current discharge procedure, particularly regarding staff distribution at the end of 2023; notes that the gender composition of the Court of Justice and the General Court continues to be very unbalanced; expresses its appreciation of the letter from the President of the General Court to the President of the Conference of the Representatives of the Member States in 2024, calling on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of Judges and Advocates General; calls on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of judges;

    26.  Takes note that, of the 2 303 officials and agents serving at the end of 2023, 61 % are women; welcomes the fact that the proportion of women in administrative positions is 55 %, and especially the fact that, in managerial posts, the proportion has increased to 43 %, compared to 40 % in 2022 and 2021, confirming the upward trend recorded since 2018 (41 % in 2020, 39 % in 2019 and 37,5 % in 2018); notes however that representation of women was the highest in assistant grades, whereas it was the lowest in senior management positions; calls on the CJEU to ensure a greater representation of women in senior management positions and take further measures to promote gender balance at all levels; welcomes the efforts deployed by the CJEU in favour of equality, inclusion and diversity, especially at recruitment stage;

    27.  Calls on the CJEU to publish an annual Gender and Diversity Report to provide transparency on gender representation at all levels of the institution, including Judges, Advocates General, and administrative staff, as well as to provide for concrete measures of improving gender parity in senior positions;

    28.  Welcomes that all Union nationalities are represented in the staff of the CJEU, but notes that certain nationalities are more represented than others; welcomes the continued efforts of the CJEU to promote a better geographical balance among its staff, in particular by fostering the visibility and attractiveness of its job vacancies, creating and offering more favourable job conditions to attract temporary agents from certain less-represented Member States and communicating widely to varied audiences on the job opportunities at the CJEU in 2023; notes that a significant effort was made to attract many talented young people from different Member States though the CJEU’s internship programme; invites the CJEU to examine whether trainees are proportionally represented from all member states;

    29.  Urges the CJEU to promote a multilingual working environment, recognizing its potential to enhance the fair distribution of nationalities among its staff; calls on all EU institutions to uphold and ensure the principle of multilingualism;

    30.  Welcomes the work done by the High Level Interinstitutional Group on enhancing the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work for staff; calls on the CJEU to maintain and enhance cooperation with other Luxembourg-based institutions across different initiatives; notes with appreciation that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations in order to allow the granting of a housing allowance to staff at lower grades, as recommended by the High Level Interinstitutional Group; asks that Parliament be updated on the progress of such initiatives intended to improve the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work;

    31.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU implemented several initiatives to promote physical and mental wellbeing of staff through specialised workshops and awareness-raising activities; notes that the teleworking scheme, which entered into force on 1 May 2022, was assessed positively by the managers, among whom 92 % replied that the productivity of staff teleworking was either equivalent or better than prior to the existence of the teleworking scheme; notes that, with a view to achieving a better work and personal-life balance, in 2023, the CJEU renewed the possibility for its staff to telework from outside the place of employment up to 10 days per year, especially during the judicial vacations;

    32.  Welcomes the ongoing awareness-raising, information and training campaigns aiming at promoting inclusion, mutual respect, cooperation and support for people with disabilities and their helpers;

    33.  Notes that the number of working days of sick leave was 20 198 in 2023, corresponding to a reduction of 14,78 % compared to 2022; notes with concern that the medical service reported 11 cases of burnout in 2023; welcomes a thorough analysis of diagnostic reports undertaken by the CJEU to identify instances of professional burnout and the CJEU’s focus on preventive measures, especially the reinforcement of its medical and social workers’ team, the prevention of psychosocial risks in the workplace and the introduction of awareness-raising activities for management on the right to disconnect and the risks of over-performance; encourages the CJEU to maintain focus on this problem in order to prevent any further cases associated with burnout and inform the Parliament of the measures taken in this regard;

    34.  Notes that an administrative enquiry was launched in 2023 on an alleged case of sexual harassment concerning a member of staff and that this case was closed in 2024 with a sanction; expresses concern that a procedure of assistance for alleged harassment concerning a judge was also filed in 2023 but no harassment was established in that case; notes that an interdepartmental working group, established in March 2023, therefore ahead of the ratification of the Council of Europe Convention on preventing and combating violence against women and domestic violence, examined the rules and procedures in place in the CJEU to prevent harassment and made some recommendations with a view to improving these rules and procedures; encourages the CJEU to follow up and continue to show no tolerance for harassment in the workplace by introducing mandatory training on unconscious bias and ethical standards for all judges and senior officials to prevent abuse of power;

    Ethical framework

    35.  Notes with satisfaction that, as requested in previous discharge recommendations, the new code of conduct on the rights and obligations of officials and other servants of the CJEU reflecting the CJEU’s values and commitment to ethics was drawn up in 2023 and adopted in March 2024; notes that the code of conduct includes provisions on conflict of interests, duty of loyalty, duty of confidentiality and discretion, outside activities, occupational activities after leaving the service and publications and also applies to seconded national experts and trainee judges hosted under the European Judicial Training Network; notes that, in 2023, awareness-raising activities and revamped training on the code of conduct were organised for staff and managers, with a particular focus on newcomers; calls for a mandatory training for all staff on a regular basis and asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of the code of conduct;

    36.  Notes that, before the code of conduct entered into force, two potential cases of conflict of interest were declared and handled in accordance with the procedures in place, with the aim of ensuring that the new members of staff concerned were not involved in the management of files that they knew from a previous job;

    37.  Notes that, further to the adoption of the code of conduct for Members and former Members of the CJEU, the declaration of interests of the Members have been published online to avoid any potential conflict of interest in the handling of cases; notes that the CJEU is constantly reassessing its internal rules on this matter with a view to updating those rules and to ensuring the highest possible standards of ethical behaviour; calls on the CJEU to establish an independent ethics committee to oversee compliance with the code of conduct and investigate potential breaches; calls for mandatory annual ethics training for all CJEU personnel, including Judges and Advocates General to preserve the integrity of the CJEU; asks the CJEU to inform Parliament about the results of any further assessment of the effectiveness of that measure aimed at the prevention of conflicts of interest;

    38.  Welcomes the publication of the declarations of interests of the Members of the CJEU but calls for the introduction of a standard pre-appointment screening process to identify and mitigate potential conflicts of interest at an early stage; urges the Council to establish transparent guidelines for Member States when nominating candidates for judicial positions at the CJEU;

    39.  Urges the CJEU to introduce a mandatory recusal policy for judges in cases where they have past professional affiliations with litigants appearing before the CJEU; calls for stricter conflict-of-interest screening for judges and high-ranking staff, including regular updates to financial disclosure requirements; asks for the publication of real-time recusal decisions in cases where judges declare a conflict of interest, ensuring greater transparency in the judicial process and reinforcing public confidence in the impartiality and integrity of the CJEU;

    40.  Notes that in 2023, all Members of the CJEU were resident of Luxembourg in accordance with Article 14 of the Statute;

    41.  Notes that the list of external activities carried out by the Members of both the Court of Justice and the General Court has been published on the CJEU website since 2018; further notes that the list is difficult to read for the general public and recommends its revision to ensure greater clarity and informativeness; notes that the prior authorisation by the general meeting of the Court of Justice or by the plenary conference of the General Court is only granted when the external activity is compatible with the requirements of the code of conduct and with the Members’ obligations to be available for judicial activities; asks the CJEU to inform the discharge authority about any initiatives to improve the readability of the information related to external activities, in line with previous discharge recommendations;

    42.  Notes that the rules governing Members’ travels, missions and use of drivers and cars, as updated in 2021, provide that only the running costs resulting from the car use for purposes related to the execution of a mission order or to the exercise of his or her mandate within a limit of 10 000 km are borne by the CJEU; reiterates its opinion that the use of the car fleet outside of the strict performance of the duties of the Members of the CJEU should not take place under any circumstances, notes that the CJEU reported to be in discussion with other institutions in order to obtain a harmonised set of rules for the use of official vehicles, while respecting the autonomy of each institution; invites all Union institutions to agree on a single system to be applied horizontally, which would reduce the confusion and increase transparency and efficiency in the use of public money; asks the CJEU to keep Parliament informed of any progress in this matter;

    43.  Notes that an OLAF case, referred to in previous discharge resolutions, which dealt with the conduct of a member of staff that might have constituted a serious failure to comply with their obligations, was closed in 2023; notes that the CJEU is not aware of any new OLAF investigation or recommendation in 2023;

    44.  Notes that the CJEU did not report any cases of fraud, corruption or misuse of Union funds in 2023; notes that the CJEU’s anti-fraud strategy is an integral part of its integrated internal control and risk management framework, with a particular focus on the risks of improper disclosure of information;

    Transparency and access to justice for citizens

    45.  Welcomes the CJEU’s engagement to enhance transparency, access to justice and public openness, thus contributing to foster public trust in the Union institutions;

    46.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU consolidated the streaming service for hearings of the Court of Justice and of the General Court on the Curia website, thus facilitating the access of citizens to the judicial activities of the CJEU; welcomes the improvement of the CVRIA website, in terms of its structure, functionalities and content; welcomes that the delivery of judgments of the Court of Justice, the reading of opinions of the Advocates General, the hearings of the Grand Chamber and certain hearings of chambers sitting with five Judges have been broadcast live on the Curia website since 2023; calls on the CJEU to further improve transparency by broadcasting all hearings of both the Court of Justice and the General Court on its website and permanently storing them online;

    47.  Welcomes that, further to the reform of its Statute, the CJEU will publish statements of case or written observations lodged in preliminary ruling proceedings after the closure of such proceedings, except in cases of objection to the publication of a person’s statement of case or observation; underlines that such publication will improve transparency and access to justice for citizens and calls on the CJEU to publish all documents related to a file on its website; calls on the CJEU to implement a procedure that could be used by any person to access in house all the documents related to a case;

    48.  Notes that rules on the use of videoconferencing were adopted by the General Court in April 2023 and by the Court of Justice in September 2024, according to which a party may request the use of videoconferencing where security or other serious reasons prevent that party’s representative from participating in a hearing in person;

    49.  Notes that the rules laid down by the CJEU decision of 26 November 2019 concerning public access to documents held by the CJEU in the exercise of its administrative function do not apply to judicial documents for which access is governed by the Rules of Procedure of the Court of Justice or the Rules of Procedure of the General Court; notes that the CJEU registered 21 requests of public access to administrative documents in 2023 and granted access to administrative documents in 12 cases; notes that the European Ombudsman found no instances of maladministration on the part of the CJEU in 2023;

    50.  Invites the CJEU to simplify the process of finding specific rulings on e-curia; welcomes efforts to make the interface more client-friendly and intuitive;

    Digitalisation, cybersecurity and data protection

    51.  Notes that compared to 2022 the budget expenditure increased by 10,9 % for IT projects, by 13 % for IT equipment, by 59 % for cybersecurity projects and by 72 % for cybersecurity services, licences and equipment in 2023;

    52.  Notes that the implementation of major digitalisation projects under the digital transformation strategy remained a priority for the CJEU in 2023, such as the development of the integrated case management system (SIGA), the promotion of the use of the e-Curia application for the lodging and notification of procedural documents by electronic means, the adoption of eSignature and the adoption of HAN/Ares electronic document record and management system; notes that the CJEU tracks the return on investment in digitalisation projects in terms of costs and resources efficiency and asks the CJEU to keep the discharge authority informed of its findings in that area;

    53.  Notes that, as part of its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with vulnerability, the CJEU has continued to implement the “accessibility by design” approach for any change and evolution of its IT systems; notes that, following an audit of the Curia website, the CJEU started to improve the site’s accessibility to a wide range of users, such as people with visual impairments, hearing impairments or learning disabilities;

    54.  Notes that the CJEU implemented several projects based on artificial intelligence (AI), such as the automation of document analysis for references to applicable legislation and assistance with invoice verification through robotic processes and hearing transcription, in line with its new AI integration strategy adopted in June 2023; underlines that it is of vital importance that AI is used in a manner which fully preserves the independence, the quality and the serenity of the legal processes, is in full consideration of ethical matters and is used under human oversight and allowing human intervention in order to avoid negative consequences or risks, or stop the system if it does not perform as intended; notes that, as part of that strategy, the CJEU set up an AI management board composed of members of the Court of Justice and of the General Court to oversee the ethical aspects of AI use within the CJEU and to set clear boundaries for its application; welcomes the staff guidelines on the use of AI issued by the board; welcomes the initiatives in place to upskill employees in digital competencies through the training path developed in cooperation with the Interinstitutional Committee for Digital Transformation (ETA); emphasises that the digitalisation of justice and the adoption of emerging technologies such as AI will offer significant advantages for the efficient functioning of the CJEU; recommends however that the CJEU anticipate the associated cybersecurity risks and strengthen even more its collaboration with the EU Agency for Cybersecurity and CERT-EU;

    55.  Notes that no EDPS enquiries were communicated to the CJEU in 2023; notes that, in 2023, EDPS had not addressed any specific recommendation to the CJEU following its investigation regarding the use of cloud services by Amazon web services; notes that EDPS published a decision in 2023 confirming compliance of the CJEU’s use of cloud videoconferencing services with data protection law; reiterates however its concerns regarding the use of external cloud services, given the growing threats about cybersecurity and digital sovereignty;

    56.  Welcomes the CJEU adoption of a cyber roadmap in 2023 and strengthening of its cybersecurity operational capabilities to better protect its systems against the increasing number of cyberattacks; underlines furthermore that a robust cybersecurity strategy is an essential tool to fight against foreign interferences aiming to undermine the integrity of the European Institutions; notes that the CJEU has taken various measures to reinforce its cybersecurity preparedness and ability to recover from security incidents, including through its participation in the governance of the Interinstitutional Cybersecurity Board and through a combination of cybersecurity controls and tools in line with the recommendations of CERT-EU; notes that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations for two additional posts in order to reinforce the CJEU’s staff capacities in the field of cybersecurity;

    57.  Welcomes the measures taken, such as cybersecurity audits, staff training and rapid incident response protocols, to protect the CJEU’s technological infrastructure from cyber threats; stresses that the digitisation of justice and the use of new technologies such as artificial intelligence will bring many benefits in terms of the smooth functioning of the CJEU, but also entail risks that the CJEU needs to pre-empt and protect itself against; suggests in this regard that the CJEU develop a cybersecurity strategy and step up collaboration with other Union institutions, in particular ENISA (the EU Agency for Cybersecurity), on the prevention of cyber-attacks, the number and sophistication of which are growing exponentially in Europe;

    58.  Welcomes the initiative to assign fictitious names to anonymised cases, by using a computerised automatic name generator, in order to strengthen the protection of personal data and facilitate the identification of individual cases;

    59.  Notes with satisfaction the amendment to the Rules of Procedure of the General Court, which will clarify and simplify judicial procedures, including the possibility of using videoconferencing for hearings, electronic signature of decisions and the designation of pilot cases;

    Buildings

    60.  Notes that, following-up on the cross services reflection about the most efficient use of the CJEU’s premises, that was concluded in 2023, pilot projects were launched; notes that the results of those projects, together with other factors, such as environmental and budgetary aspects, quality of justice, well-being at work, inclusion, accessibility and the attractiveness of the CJEU, will be taken into account in the final decision on the use of the CJEU’s buildings; asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of those conclusions and the consequences for the organisation of the workspace;

    61.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU further pursued its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with disabilities, with the aim of guaranteeing access to the CJEU, physically or virtually, to all individuals, participants in proceedings and visitors; notes further that, in 2023, the CJEU started to make an inventory of its infrastructure with a view to complying with the new national accessibility legislation as of 1 January 2032; asks that Parliament be kept informed about further initiatives in this area;

    Environment and sustainability

    62.  Notes with satisfaction that, in 2023, the CJEU continued to significantly reduce its energy consumption and carbon footprint compared to 2015, which is the baseline for the implementation of the CJEU’s eco-management and audit scheme strategy, thanks to energy-saving measures and optimisation of its heating, cooling and lighting infrastructures; notes that heating consumption was reduced by 33,5 %, electricity by 28,7 %, water by 20,1 %, office paper by 63 %, office and canteen waste by 43 % and greenhouse gas emissions by 30,2 % in 2023 compared to 2015; welcomes that the CJEU applied green procurement criteria in 10 calls for tender above EUR 60 000; welcomes the CJEU’s commitment to the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS); encourages the CJEU to continue its efforts in reducing its environmental impact, with a strategy to reach carbon neutrality by 2035;

    63.  Welcomes that the CJEU has taken several initiatives to support and increase sustainable mobility for its staff and Members, including subsidies for public transportation, subsidies for self-service bicycles, improved bike parking facilities and improved facilities for hybrid and electrical cars;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    64.  Welcomes the budgetary savings achieved through cooperation with other institutions and in particular the shared applications and hosting services based on service-level agreements with the Commission as well as the participation in interinstitutional procurement procedures, which have allowed the CJEU to optimise costs and resources;

    65.  Welcomes the efforts of the European Judicial Training Network (EJTN) in training national judges on EU law; notes with appreciation that, in line with the CJEU’s declaration entitled “Supporting the EJTN to shape a sustainable European judicial culture”, the CJEU and the EJTN sought to increase the diversity of long-term trainees in 2023, with the aim of ultimately increasing their number to one per Member State; notes that the measures taken have already been successful since the CJEU has trainees from some Member States which previously did not actively participate in the programme; notes that 15 remunerated traineeships were offered for the year 2023-24; calls on the CJEU to further develop its knowledge-sharing initiatives, including joint case-law databases and virtual collaboration platforms to support national courts in complex legal interpretations;

    66.  Emphasises that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 on Quality Traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in Europe to be paid; welcomes that currently all trainees at the CJEU receive a grant during their stay, mainly from the CJEU and, in some specific cases, from other sources; take notes that the CJEU only accepts a few trainees (less than 10 per year) paid by other sources, and for short periods (on average 2 months); welcomes that in such cases, the CJEU administration carefully checks that these trainees receive a grant, allowance or remuneration for this traineeship, paid directly by their employer or academic institution;

    67.  Appreciates that the CJEU fully cooperates with OLAF, the Court, the EDPS and the European Ombudsman; notes that, in 2023, the CJEU has continued to work towards maintaining the established dialogue with national courts, and in particular with the constitutional and supreme courts, and that the CJEU hosted a number of meetings, including the annual meeting of national judges; encourages deeper cooperation between the CJEU and national courts to strengthen uniform application of Union law; recommends establishing a permanent judicial exchange programme for judges from Member States to work alongside their CJEU counterparts, fostering best practices in the interpretation of Union law;

    Communication

    68.  Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU strengthened its efforts to engage with Union citizens by enhancing its outreach on social media; notes that, at the end of 2023, the number of subscribers to the CJEU’s LinkedIn account increased by 32 % and the number of followers on the CJEU’s two accounts on X (formerly Twitter) by 9 %,while the views on its YouTube channel increased by 84,96 % compared to the previous year;

    69.  Welcomes the CJEU’s efforts to enhance strategic communication and transparency towards Union citizens on the judicial activities of the CJEU, especially through the organisation of an open day, the offer for visitors, in particular the special virtual visits, in which 800 students participated in 2023, and the review of the drafting of its press releases and online publications in an accessible style, about matters of media interest or which have an impact on the lives of citizens.

    (1) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2019 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 April 2024 amending Protocol No 3 on the Statute of the Court of Justice of the European Union, OJ L, 2024/2019, 12.8.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2019/oj.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – European Parliament – P10_TA(2025)0078 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023(1),

    –  having regard to the consolidated annual accounts of the European Union for the financial year 2023 (COM(2024)0272 – C10‑0068/2024)(2),

    –  having regard to the report on budgetary and financial management for the financial year 2023, Section I – European Parliament(3),

    –  having regard to the Internal Auditor’s annual report for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to the Court of Auditors’ annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023, together with the institutions’ replies(4),

    –  having regard to the statement of assurance(5) as to the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions provided by the Court of Auditors for the financial year 2023 pursuant to Article 287 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Article 314(10) and Article 318 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012(6), and in particular Articles 260, 261 and 262 thereof,

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union(7), and in particular Articles 266, 267 and 268 thereof,

    –  having regard to the Bureau decision of 10 December 2018 on the Internal Rules on the implementation of the European Parliament’s budget, and in particular Article 34 thereof,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 and Rule 106(3) of, and Annex V to, its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Constitutional Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0062/2025),

    A.  whereas the President adopted Parliament’s accounts for the financial year 2023 on 19 June 2024;

    B.  whereas the Secretary-General, as the principal authorising officer by delegation, certified, on 18 June 2024, his reasonable assurance that the resources assigned for Parliament’s budget have been used for their intended purpose, in accordance with the principles of sound financial management and that control procedures established give the necessary guarantees concerning the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions;

    C.  whereas the Court of Auditors stated in its audit that, in its specific assessment of administrative and other expenditure in 2023, it did not identify any serious weaknesses in the annual activity reports of the institutions and bodies it examined as required by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046;

    1.  Grants its President discharge in respect of the implementation of the budget of the European Parliament for the financial year 2023;

    2.  Instructs its President to forward this decision to the Council, the Commission and the Court of Auditors, and to arrange for their publication in the Official Journal of the European Union (L series).

    (1) OJ L 58, 23.2.2023, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/budget/2023/1/oj.
    (2) OJ C, C/2024/5462, 10.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5462/oj.
    (3) OJ C, C/2024/3115, 23.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/3115/oj.
    (4) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (5) OJ C, C/2024/6041, 10.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/6041/oj.
    (6) OJ L 193, 30.7.2018, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1046/oj.
    (7) OJ L, 2024/2509, 26.9.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: EIB Global and Kenya-based Family Bank team up in €100 million financing deal for country’s women and young entrepreneurs

    Source: European Investment Bank

    EIB

    • The financing targets expanding credit access to women owned/led businesses and youth entrepreneurs in Kenya
    • EIB Global will advance €50 million, which Family Bank will match
    • Part of EU’s Global Gateway strategy to promote trade, manufacturing, agriculture, climate action and services, which are key priorities in Kenya

    The European Investment Bank’s development arm (EIB Global) and Kenya-based Family Bank are mobilising €100 million (14.7 billion Kenyan shillings) in financing for businesses, with a focus on women-owned/led enterprises and youth entrepreneurs in the country. EIB Global is providing a €50 million credit line to Family Bank, which will match the sum in an agreement to expand loans for Kenyan small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and Mid-Caps.

    The financing accord, announced during the second edition of the European Union-Kenya business forum in Nairobi, seeks to bolster the working capital and investments of Kenyan SMEs and Mid-Caps active mainly in the trade and agriculture sectors. At least 50% of the financing will target businesses owned or run by women while a further minimum of 30% will be extended to youth entrepreneurs. 

    “SMEs represent over 80% of our customer base. As a result of our growth efforts, our market revenue from this segment continues to increase, further underscoring the sector’s strong growth potential,” said Family Bank Chief Executive Officer Nancy Njau. “This partnership not only supports our 2025–2029 strategy to scale SME lending and deepen market segmentation but also enables us to better address the specific needs of SMEs across various value chains for sustainable growth and long-term value.”

    In addition to the credit line, EIB Global will provide Family Bank with technical assistance to enhance its gender strategy and product offering. This includes a potential certification under a 2018 initiative called 2X Challenge launched by development and multilateral finance institutions to invest in women worldwide.

    “We recognise that beyond access to financing and investment opportunities, small businesses, especially those led by women, also need education, information and networking opportunities with like-minded enterprises,” said Njau. “This partnership enables us to offer that holistic support.”

    The agreement is part of the EU’s Global Gateway strategy to promote trade, manufacturing, agriculture, climate action and services, which are key priorities in Kenya. It also feeds into a European initiative called Investing in Young Businesses in Africa (IYBA) that operates across Africa with the goal of creating sustainable jobs and expanding business opportunities. The EIB currently chairs the IYBA.

     “The financing partnership we now have with Family Bank will inject much-needed capital into Kenya’s private sector to support businesses and create employment,” said EIB Vice-President Thomas Ostros. “Investing in women and youth entrepreneurs is not only the right thing to do but also the smart thing to do. It holds much promise to bring growth and prosperity to the Kenyan economy. This is a cause that is very important to us.”

    The agreement signed between EIB Global and Family Bank represents the fourth time that the banks are partnering

    “European Fund for Sustainable Development Fund Plus (#EFSD+) is a testament to our commitment to fostering sustainable economic growth by empowering small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in partner countries,” said European Commission Director for International Partnerships – Africa, Hans Stausboll. “Through this strategic partnership with the European Investment Bank, we’re unlocking vital financial resources for SMEs in Kenya, via Family Bank. This collaboration not only fuels female-led entrepreneurship and innovation but also spurs climate smart and sustainable value chains across the Kenyan landscape. More in general, it contributes to Global Gateway strategy in Kenya across various economic sub-sectors including manufacturing, services, trade and competitiveness.”

    Background Information

    About EIB Global

    The European Investment Bank (ElB) is the long-term lending institution of the European Union, owned by its Member States. It finances investments that contribute to EU policy objectives.  

    EIB Global is the EIB Group’s specialised arm devoted to increasing the impact of international partnerships and development finance, and a key partner of Global Gateway. EIB Global aims to support €100 billion of investment by the end of 2027 — around one-third of the overall target of this EU initiative. Within Team Europe, EIB Global fosters strong, focused partnerships alongside fellow development finance institutions and civil society. EIB Global brings the EIB Group closer to people, companies and institutions through offices across the world. High-quality, up-to-date photos of the organisation’s headquarters for media use are available here. 

    About Global Gateway

    The Global Gateway strategy is the EU’s positive offer to reduce the worldwide investment disparity and boost smart, clean and secure connections in digital, energy and transport sectors, and to strengthen health, education and research systems. In a Team Europe approach that brings together the European Union, EU Member States, and European development finance institutions, together we aim to mobilise up to €300 billion in public and private investments from 2021 to 2027, creating essential links rather than dependencies, and closing the global investment gap.

    The EU-Africa Global Gateway investment package consists of 150 billion in investments to help accelerate Africa’s digital and green transition as well as support sustainable jobs growth and stronger health systems. More information on the investment package as well as country specific flagships can be found here.

    About Family Bank:

    Family Bank is a financial institution that prides itself in growing a strong retail customer base, with a strong focus on SME banking, anchored on the positive transformation of people’s lives in Africa. Family Bank is the eighth-largest bank in Kenya, in terms of branch network with 95 branches across 32 counties. The Bank has over 1.2 million customers, 6,000 bank agents and 75,000 merchants across the country with total assets of KES.168.5 billion and a deposit base of KES 126.4 billion as of 31st December 2024.

    A pioneer in digital banking innovation, Family Bank was the first in Kenya to introduce paperless banking through smart card technology, mobile banking, and PesaPap. It also made history as the first bank in Africa to launch the mVisa service, reinforcing its commitment to seamless and accessible financial solutions.

    In 2024, Family Bank was recognized for its commitment to excellence, winning the Excellence in Customer Responsiveness award at the Innovation & Excellence Awards East Africa. The Bank was also voted the third-best overall bank and the best tier-two bank for the fifth consecutive year in the Kenya Bankers Association Customer Satisfaction and Digital Banking Experience Survey. Additionally, Family Bank emerged as the winner of the 2024 Banking on Women Awards and received the prestigious Service Excellence Award in the CX Social Impact & Sustainability category from the Institute of Customer Experience.

    Previously, in 2021, Family Bank’s highly successful Corporate Bond Campaign, which achieved a 147.3% subscription rate, raising KES 4.42 billion through public placement, earned the Financial Communication Campaign of the Year and Overall Public Relations Campaign of the Year at the Public Relations Society of Kenya Annual Awards for Excellence.

    Other notable accolades include Best-Performing Young Bankers in Africa at the 2023 Battle of the Banks Africa Competition and Best in Internal Customer Experience at the 2023 Service Excellence Awards. In 2022, Family Bank was named Bank of the Year for high-impact agricultural lending to SMEs by Aceli Africa. The Bank also received the Best SME Bank in Kenya award at the 2017 Banker Africa East Africa Awards, a prestigious initiative recognizing excellence in African financial institutions. Additionally, Family Bank was honored with the Think Business Fastest Growing Bank Award for three consecutive years (2013-2015) and was the 1st Runner-Up for Best Bank in Microfinance at the Think Business Awards in 2013 and 2014.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cassidy, Kaine Introduce Legislation Improving Retirement Savings for Working Americans

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Virginia Tim Kaine
    WASHINGTON, D.C. – Today, U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), chair of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Committee, and Senator Tim Kaine (D-VA), a member of the Senate HELP Committee, reintroduced the Helping Young Americans Save for Retirement Act. The legislation would help more Americans aged 18 to 20 years old access employer-sponsored retirement plans by removing barriers that discourage companies from offering these benefits to younger employees.    
    “Americans who don’t attend college and immediately enter the workforce should be given every chance to save for retirement,” said Cassidy. “This legislation empowers American workers, giving them more opportunities to plan for a secure retirement.”  
    “Contributing to a retirement plan early on sets people up for financial security in the future,” said Kaine. “I’m proud to introduce this bipartisan bill that would ensure younger workers have access to their employer-sponsored retirement benefits when they are starting out in their careers.”
    Specifically, the bill would lower the participation age of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA)-covered defined contribution (DC) plans to 18 years old under certain circumstances, providing access to retirement savings plans for eligible workers in this age range who currently don’t have access to their employers’ plans. Covered plans would still be able to set a minimum age threshold up to 18 years old.  
    This legislation also removes costly provisions that would otherwise make covering younger workers expensive. Specifically, the bill delays ERISA provisions that require businesses to undergo mandatory audits if they allow employees under the age of 21 to start contributing to their pension. The legislation also exempts 18 to 20-year-old employees from testing related to retirement funds that would otherwise increase the cost of administering retirement plans for these employees.  
    The Helping Young Americans Save for Retirement Act is supported by BPC Action, Edward Jones, the American Benefits Council, LPL, Insured Retirement Institute, the National Rural Electric Cooperative Association, TIAA, and Transamerica.
    “The Helping Young Americans Save for Retirement Act will expand the opportunity for more younger workers to start saving earlier for retirement by allowing them to participate in their employer-sponsored workplace plans,” said Paul Richman, Chief Government and Political Affairs Officer at the Insured Retirement Institute. This measure will not only help younger workers get into the habit of contributing to their retirement savings, but it will also provide additional years for their savings to grow to ensure a more secure financial future.”
    Full text of the bill is available here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Fischer, Colleagues Reintroduce Bill to Strengthen Farm Safety Net

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Nebraska Deb Fischer
    U.S. Senator Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), a member of the Senate Agriculture Committee, joined her Senate colleagues in reintroducing the Federal Agriculture Risk Management Enhancement and Resilience (FARMER) Act, to strengthen crop insurance and make higher levels of coverage more affordable for producers. U.S. Senator John Hoeven (R-N.D.) sponsored the legislation.
    “For decades, Nebraska’s ag producers have helped feed our nation and the world. As Congress works to pass a Farm Bill, protecting and improving crop insurance for our farmers is one of my top priorities. I am proud to support this legislation to improve the farm safety net, and I look forward to working with Senator Hoeven and our colleagues to get this bill signed into law,” said Fischer.
    “Crop insurance remains the number one risk management tool for our farmers, but it doesn’t provide the kind of affordable coverage options that all producers need. The result has been the repeated need for ad-hoc disaster assistance. Ultimately, producers buying higher levels of coverage will lessen the need for ad-hoc disaster assistance in the future. That means less emergency spending by the federal government, greater certainty for farmers and a more resilient ag economy. Those are wins across the board,” said Hoeven. 
    In addition to Fischer and Hoeven, the legislation is cosponsored by Senate Agriculture Committee Chairman John Boozman (R-Ark.), and U.S. Senators Mitch McConnell (R-Ky), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-Miss.), Roger Marshall (R-Kan.), Jim Justice (R-W. Va.), Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa), Jerry Moran (R-Kan.), and Joni Ernst (R-Iowa). BACKGROUND:  
    Specifically, the FARMER ACT would:
    Increase premium support for higher levels of crop insurance coverage, which will enhance affordability and reduce the need for future ad-hoc disaster assistance.
    Improve the Supplemental Coverage Option (SCO) by increasing premium support and expanding the coverage level, providing producers with an additional level of protection.
    Direct the Risk Management Agency (RMA) to conduct a study to improve the effectiveness of SCO in large counties.
    Not require producers to choose between purchasing enhanced crop insurance coverage or participating in Agriculture Risk Coverage (ARC) and Price Loss Coverage (PLC) programs, giving them flexibility to make decisions that work best for their operations.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Mountain America Credit Union Earns Top 10 National Workplace Honor for Second Year in a Row

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SANDY, Utah, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Mountain America Credit Union has once again earned national acclaim ranking No. 9 out of 1,526 organizations in USA Today Top Workplaces 2025. The announcement marks the second consecutive year Mountain America has secured a coveted spot in the top 10, underscoring the organization’s commitment to fostering a workplace where people thrive.

    A Media Snippet accompanying this announcement is available in this link.

    As the only credit union to break into the Top 100, Mountain America stands out not just in the financial sector, but across industries nationwide. The recognition follows a rigorous, independent evaluation based on team member feedback from the Energage Workplace Survey & Pulse. The survey measures 15 culture drivers critical to organizational success, including alignment, connection, and engagement.

    “Our people are the heart of everything we do,” said Sterling Nielsen, president and chief executive officer at Mountain America. “Being named a top workplace again reaffirms that we’re not just building careers—we’re building a purpose-driven culture where individuals feel seen, supported and empowered.”

    This year’s Top Workplaces rankings reflect input from over two million employees from more than 1,500 companies across the country. Mountain America’s team members cited strong leadership, growth opportunities, and a values-centered mission as standout attributes of the credit union’s culture.

    “We believe this recognition acknowledges our efforts to tightly link our mission to provide members exceptional member experiences by hiring and developing the best people,” said Trent Savage, chief human resources officer. “Our values link our employees to the members we serve and ensure we provide a great place to work where employees are empowered to both support the members and to develop/grow their careers with us.”

    The Top Workplaces program is one of the most prestigious employer recognition programs in the United States, placing a spotlight on organizations that truly put people first.

    Mountain America’s continued recognition speaks to its enduring mission of helping members define and achieve their financial dreams while also nurturing an internal community rooted in trust, compassion and excellence.

    To learn more about Mountain America, visit macu.com/newsroom.

    About Mountain America Credit Union
    With more than 1 million members and $20 billion in assets, Mountain America Credit Union helps its members define and achieve their financial dreams. Mountain America provides consumers and businesses with a variety of convenient, flexible products and services, as well as sound, timely advice. Members enjoy access to secure, cutting-edge mobile banking technology, over 100 branches across multiple states, and more than 50,000 surcharge-free ATMs. Mountain America—guiding you forward. Learn more at macu.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI NGOs: Scotland: ‘Consciously cruel’ – UK social security system is pushing people beyond the brink – new report

    Source: Amnesty International –

    Human rights in the UK in crisis as new report exposes crushing evidence of a social security system ruining lives

    • Discrimination and dehumanisation reported as rife as punitive system drives poverty by policy 

    • ‘I am barely holding on financially. I always feel just one step away from rock bottom’ – Isla

    • ‘Lives are being ruined by a system that is consciously cruel – it erodes dignity by design’– Neil Cowan, Amnesty 

    Amnesty International UK’s new report takes a deep dive into the UK social security system. The unique research is an extensive look through the lens of human rights violations across our basic rights to housing, food, education, healthcare and social security.  

    The evidence delivers damning conclusions on how the system processes, punishes, harms and dehumanises people and fails to meet international legal obligations. Successive UK governments have ignored the UN’s pleas to take urgent action to fix this. 

    Poverty is a visible sign of a failing social security system. When the UK government knowingly makes choices to make poverty worse, it is deliberately violating basic human rights. We have moved from a society that supports people to a punitive system that drives poverty by policy. 

    The rate of poverty in the UK is now higher than at any point in the 21st century. Sixteen million people in the UK are living in families in poverty – almost a quarter of the UK*. Of these, 5.2 million are children, 9.2 million are working-age adults, and 1.5 million are pension-age adults. While poverty rates in Scotland are now marginally lower than in the rest of the UK, 20% of people in Scotland are living in the grip of poverty including almost one in four children. 

    For its report ’Social Insecurity’ Amnesty’s collaborated with over 700 benefit claimants – including 74 claimant interviews in Scotland – and advisors to provide a platform for the people most gravely affected and show how politicians are playing with people’s lives and ignoring our most basic rights. In 2024 86% of low-income families on Universal Credit went without essentials such as heating, food and clothing. 

    With the backdrop of the Spring Statement and devastating disability social security cuts, Amnesty’s report delivers a crushing blow of evidence on the UK’s social security system and political choices that have pushed people into poverty and centres real-life experiences throughout, demonstrating the depth of dehumanisation. 

    Recommendations from the report call for: 

    • System overhaul: A landmark, independent Social Security Commission with statutory powers to overhaul the UK’s broken social security system—rooted in dignity and human rights. 

    •  Urgent protection from harm: The UK Government to urgently reverse harmful social security cuts, sanctions and caps including the two-child limit and ensure upcoming reforms of PIP, ESA and Universal Credit, meet international human rights standards and are shaped by those most affected. 

    •  Legal protections: The UK Government to put in place legal frameworks protecting economic, social and cultural rights to ensure everyone’s basic human rights to food, housing, and dignity are protected in law and prevent failures in social security policy from causing wider harms. 
       


    MIL OSI NGO

  • MIL-OSI Global: Trump’s bid to end birthright citizenship heads to the Supreme Court

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Jean Lantz Reisz, Clinical Associate Professor of Law, Co-Director, USC Immigration Clinic, University of Southern California

    President Donald Trump’s executive order on birthright citizenship resurrects a dissenting argument in an 1898 case that went before the Supreme Court. iStock/Getty Images Plus

    For more than 150 years, people who were born within U.S. territory automatically received citizenship – regardless of their parents’ immigration status.

    President Donald Trump’s January 2025 executive order on birthright citizenship – stating that children born in the U.S. to parents who are not in the country legally, or who are not permanent residents, cannot receive citizenship – threatens to upend this precedent.

    The Supreme Court is set to hear arguments on the case on May 14, 2025.

    This comes after federal judges in three cases that took place in Maryland, Massachusetts and Washington banned Trump’s order from going into effect, determining that the president cannot change or limit the Constitution by executive order.

    The Trump administration has argued that courts previously did not interpret the 14th Amendment’s citizenship clause correctly. But the administration’s argument in its emergency appeal to the Supreme Court is different. The administration is asking the Supreme Court to narrow the federal judges’ bans on implementing the order so their rulings apply only to the noncitizen plaintiffs named in those specific cases. If the Supreme Court justices agree, that could mean Trump’s executive order could apply to all of the other noncitizens not named in the cases at hand.

    The president has broad powers when enforcing immigration laws and has the most discretion to use this authority when immigration is a national security issue.

    At the same time, as an immigration law scholar, I understand that the president’s immigration power is limited by federal laws and the Constitution. American citizenship is a right that is spelled out in the Constitution – and the Constitution does not give the president the power to change how someone gets citizenship in the country.

    Washington state Attorney General Nick Brown speaks to the media after a federal judge blocked President Donald Trump’s executive order on birthright citizenship on Feb. 6, 2025.
    Jason Redmond/AFP via Getty Images

    What the Constitution says about birthright citizenship

    Ratified in 1868, the 14th Amendment citizenship clause states, “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States. …”

    There are currently two exceptions to who can receive birthright citizenship: children of war enemies who are occupying the U.S. and children of noncitizens working as foreign diplomats in the U.S.

    Trump’s executive order states there is now a third exception – the child of a mother who is living in the country without legal authorization, or has a temporary visa, if the father is also not a lawful permanent resident or U.S. citizen.

    Since Trump’s Jan. 20 executive order, multiple states, cities, immigration rights organizations and private individuals, including pregnant mothers, have sued Trump. They have also sued the government agencies he instructed to deny citizenship to children born in the U.S. to noncitizens.

    If the president’s executive order were to fully take effect, hundreds of thousands of babies born in the U.S. would be living in the country illegally. They could be deported by the U.S. government and would potentially be stateless, meaning without citizenship in any country.

    If these babies stayed in the U.S., they would also be denied basic rights and privileges given to U.S. citizens, such as government-provided health care insurance and legal identification documents.

    Once these children became adolescents and then adults, they could not receive federal financial aid for education, may not be eligible to legally work and could not vote.

    This would create a vast and indefinitely growing population of noncitizens who are born and raised in the U.S. but do not have the legal right to stay there.

    What led to the 14th Amendment

    In 1868, the required 28 of the then 37 U.S. states ratified the 14th Amendment. This ensured that certain states did not deny citizenship to freed former slaves, who were of African descent and forcibly sent to the U.S., as well as their children.

    About 30 years later, a U.S.-born man of Chinese descent named Wong Kim Ark was returning home to San Francisco after visiting his parents in China. U.S. authorities would not let him leave a steamship docked in the San Francisco harbor and enter the U.S.

    Government officials prevented his entry under the Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882, a discriminatory law that barred Chinese nationals from entering the U.S. and becoming naturalized citizens, among other restrictions.

    Wong argued that he was a U.S. citizen at birth and not barred by the exclusion laws.

    The Supreme Court, albeit not unanimously, decided in 1898 that Wong was a citizen, since he was born in a U.S. territory.

    The Supreme Court noted that the framers of the 14th Amendment relied on the British legal principle of “jus soli,” a Latin term meaning right of soil, to give automatic citizenship to anyone born on U.S. soil. Under jus soli, any person born within the kingdom of the British king was a citizen of that kingdom.

    U.S. courts and lawmakers have similarly interpreted the 14th Amendment to automatically give citizenship to all children born in the U.S., even if their parents are immigrants.

    In 1952, Congress passed the Immigration and Nationality Act, which incorporated language from the 14th Amendment into immigration law. This included the phrase that “any person born in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof” is a “citizen of the United States at birth.”

    The 1952 statute did not exclude children born to immigrants living in the U.S. without legal authorization or immigrants with a temporary visa.

    In 1995, the Office of Legal Counsel for the Department of Justice evaluated proposed federal legislation that would deny birthright citizenship to certain children, based on their parents’ immigration status. The Department of Justice determined the legislation would be “unquestionably unconstitutional” and it did not become law.

    Less than 10 years later, the Supreme Court recognized in 2004 that accused Taliban fighter Yasser Hamdi had certain rights as a U.S. citizen. Hamdi was born in Louisiana to Saudi Arabian parents who had temporary visas.

    Wong Kim Ark was born in the U.S. but denied reentry in 1895 in a case that went to the Supreme Court.
    National Archives/Interim Archives/Getty Images

    Trump’s 14th Amendment claims

    Whether Trump’s executive order ultimately survives depends on how the Supreme Court interprets the phrase “subject to the jurisdiction thereof” in the 14th Amendment.

    The Trump administration argues that this phrase was never meant to include the children of immigrants who were living in the U.S. without legal authorization or with temporary visas. The administration also says the phrase “subject to the jurisdiction thereof” means more than just being born in U.S. territory. It means having undivided sovereign allegiance to the U.S. government.

    The Trump administration argues that U.S.-born children of noncitizens owe allegiance to a different country.

    This is an old argument, based on the dissenting opinion in the Wong Kim Ark case in 1898. The Supreme Court already rejected this argument in that case.

    The courts are following historical precedent

    Three federal judges in the cases before the Supreme Court all determined in 2025 that Trump’s executive order is likely unconstitutional.

    The Washington judge, for example, said in February that the administration was rehashing a century-old losing argument.

    The appellate courts have also denied the government’s requests to change the preliminary injunctions.

    For over a century, the federal government has recognized that nearly every child born in the U.S., regardless of who their parents are, automatically becomes a U.S. citizen.

    Now, the Supreme Court will decide whether there is merit to the Trump administration’s technical argument that the federal judges’ block on its executive order should apply to plaintiffs in the three cases – an option that could permit the executive order to apply to all other noncitizens, even if it is unconstitutional.

    Whether the executive order itself is constitutional would be a question left for a later date. However, that date may come after the executive order causes irreversible damage to U.S. citizens.

    Jean Lantz Reisz does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Trump’s bid to end birthright citizenship heads to the Supreme Court – https://theconversation.com/trumps-bid-to-end-birthright-citizenship-heads-to-the-supreme-court-248819

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – European Ombudsman – P10_TA(2025)0084 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    1. European Parliament decision of 7 May 2025 on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section VIII – European Ombudsman (2024/2027(DEC))

    Source : © European Union, 2025 – EP

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Committee of the Regions – P10_TA(2025)0083 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    1. European Parliament decision of 7 May 2025 on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section VII – Committee of the Regions (2024/2026(DEC))

    Source : © European Union, 2025 – EP

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: Agencies – P10_TA(2025)0088 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    1. European Parliament decision of 7 May 2025 on discharge in respect of the implementation of the budget of the European Union Agency for the Cooperation of Energy Regulators for the financial year 2023 (2024/2030(DEC))

    Source : © European Union, 2025 – EP

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Court of Auditors – P10_TA(2025)0081 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    1. European Parliament decision of 7 May 2025 on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section V – Court of Auditors (2024/2023(DEC))

    Source : © European Union, 2025 – EP

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Committee on the Rights of the Child Opens Ninety-Ninth Session, Adopts New Bureau with Sopio Kiladze as Chairperson

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    The Committee on the Rights of the Child this morning opened its ninety-ninth session, which is being held in Geneva from 12 to 30 May, during which the Committee will review reports on the efforts to adhere to the Convention on the Rights of the Child of Brazil, Indonesia, Iraq, Norway, Qatar and Romania, as well as on Brazil’s efforts to implement the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography.

    In an opening statement, Andrea Ori, Chief, Groups in Focus Section, Human Rights Council and Treaty Mechanisms Division, Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, and Representative of the Secretary-General, said the Committee’s work was more crucial than ever.  Significant progress in children’s rights, which seemed secure until recently, was now severely disrupted.  Children worldwide were increasingly affected by a convergence of crises, including economic downturns, climate change, public health emergencies, and armed conflicts.

    Mr. Ori warned that the recent global funding crisis exacerbated the situation of children, with a daunting forecast ahead.  The United Nations Children’s Fund had projected that in 2025, at least 14 million children would experience interruptions in vital nutrition support and services due to current and anticipated funding cuts, putting them at increased risk of severe malnutrition and death.  The capacity to vaccinate over 15 million vulnerable children against measles in fragile and conflict-affected countries would also be drastically reduced.

    Considering the troubling outlook for children, Mr. Ori said, there was an urgent need for coordinated global efforts to safeguard children’s rights and ensure their well-being.  Now, more than ever, it was crucial for governments to fulfil their commitments under the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

    Mr. Ori concluded by wishing the Committee all the best for a productive session.

    During the meeting, the Committee elected a new Chair and Bureau.  Sopio Kiladze (Georgia) was elected as Chair, and Cephas Lumina (Zambia), Thuwayba Al Barwani (Oman), Philip D. Jaffe (Switzerland), and Mary Beloff (Argentina) were elected as Vice-Chairs. 

    The Committee also welcomed four new members – Timothy. P.T. Ekesa (Kenya), Mariana Ianachevici (Republic of Moldova), Juliana Scerri Ferrante (Malta), and Zeinebou Taleb Moussa (Mauritania) – and welcomed back Mr. Lumina, who previously served as a member from 2017 to 2021.   They made their solemn declaration. 

    Ms. Kiladze said it was a pleasure and honour to be elected as Chair of the Committee.  She said her election came at a difficult time in which many children around the world were affected by violations of their rights. She said it was vital that the Committee continued to work for the protection of the rights of children everywhere.

    Before adopting the session’s agenda, the Committee also heard statements from representatives of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, United Nations Children’s Fund, Child Rights Connect, and the Secretary of the Committee.

    Summaries of the public meetings of the Committee can be found here, and webcasts of the public meetings can be found here.  The programme of work of the Committee’s ninety-ninth session and other documents related to the session can be found here.

    The Committee will next meet in public at 3 p.m. this afternoon to consider the seventh periodic report of Norway (CRC/C/NOR/7).

    Statements

    ANDREA ORI, Chief, Groups in Focus Section, Human Rights Council and Treaty Mechanisms Division, Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, and Representative of the Secretary-General, welcomed the four new members of the Committee: Timothy Ekesa (Kenya), Mariana Ianachevici (Republic of Moldova), Juliana Scerri Ferrante (Malta), and Zeinebou Taleb Moussa (Mauritania), and the returning member Cephas Lumina (Zambia).  Each member brought valuable and diverse experiences that would greatly enhance the Committee’s work.  Additionally, he congratulated the members who had been re-elected for another term: Rinchen Chophel (Bhutan); Sopio Kiladze (Georgia); Benyam Dawit Mezmur (Ethiopia); and Benoit Van Keirsbilck (Belgium).

    The Committee’s work was more crucial than ever.  Significant progress in children’s rights, particularly in health and education, which seemed secure until recently, was now severely disrupted.  Children worldwide were increasingly affected by a convergence of crises, including economic downturns, climate change, public health emergencies, and armed conflicts.  The recent global funding crisis exacerbated their situation, with a daunting forecast ahead. 

    The United Nations Children’s Fund had projected that in 2025, at least 14 million children would experience interruptions in vital nutrition support and services due to current and anticipated funding cuts, putting them at increased risk of severe malnutrition and death.  The capacity to vaccinate over 15 million vulnerable children against measles in fragile and conflict-affected countries would be drastically reduced.  Immunisation services, disease surveillance, and outbreak responses in nearly 50 countries were already facing disruptions.

    Mr. Ori said, quoting the High Commissioner for Human Rights, “human rights are like air: we need them to live— but we only notice them when we are suffocating.”  Today, countless children worldwide were suffocating as their rights were denied and overlooked.  Considering the troubling outlook for children, there was an urgent need for coordinated global efforts to safeguard their rights and ensure their well-being. Now, more than ever, it was crucial for governments to fulfil their commitments under the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

    The global funding crisis was also affecting the Committee’s work directly.  Its pre-sessional working group, scheduled to be held after this session, was cancelled as funding was not available.  Altogether, 15 sessions across 10 treaty bodies were at stake, and it was highly likely that, for those treaty bodies with three sessions, the Office of the High Commissioner would not be able to secure the funding to hold the third session.  The lack of predictability and the piecemeal approach with last-minute confirmation created huge uncertainty, led to wasted time and effort, and higher costs.

    The Office of the High Commissioner had received only 73 per cent of its approved regular budget in 2025, and 87 per cent of its approved regular budget in 2024.  As a result, the United Nations Secretariat was implementing a hiring freeze until August 2025.  This would impact on regular budget posts approved to support the treaty body system, which currently could not be filled.  The Secretariat was in a similar situation last year, and this had led to increased backlogs in reviewing State party reports and backlogs in registering and analysing individual communications.

    The United Nations Office at Geneva’s conference services had also adopted cash conservation measures, which would impact on the conference support provided to the United Nations human rights treaty bodies, particularly in terms of documentation, meeting time, and interpretation, with an overall reduction of 10 per cent.  This meant treaty bodies’ mandated activities would be even more affected in 2025 than in 2024, impacting their ability to have dialogues with States parties and to make decisions on individual communications, resulting in further delays and backlogs.  The Office was also forced to significantly reduce treaty body capacity building activities, which provided support for States to report to, and interact with, treaty bodies.

    All this caused real damage to predictability, which was so important for States, civil society organizations and rights-holders to engage with treaty bodies.  Given the overall reduction in funds and availability of support services, “business as usual” would no longer be possible and the treaty bodies needed to plan on doing less with less.

    On a more positive note, the annual meeting of Chairpersons of human rights treaty bodies would be held in Geneva from 2 to 6 June.  The Chairs would dedicate the meeting to the liquidity crisis, which was affecting the very existence of treaty bodies if they could no longer fulfil their mandates, and to discuss what could be done to increase predictability within the current financial and human constraints, including reviewing the decisions and recommendations from their last meeting and their working methods.

    The 2025 full-day meeting on the rights of the child at the Human Rights Council on 13 March, which focused on early childhood development, featured speeches by children and an informal dialogue on the topic between a group of young people, Member States and the High Commissioner.

    The first session of the Open Ended Inter-Governmental Working Group on an Optional Protocol to the Convention on education would be held from 1 to 5 September in Geneva.  The Office was working closely with the sponsors of the resolution to establish the modalities for the process leading up to the first session of the Inter-Governmental Working Group and its programme of work. A call for submissions was issued in March for the attention of States, civil society, United Nations agencies and children, for whom a toolkit for consultations had been prepared.

    In conclusion, Mr. Ori wished the Committee all the best for a productive session, saying that he looked forward to working with the new Chair and Bureau of the Committee for the next two years.

    SOPIO KILADZE, newly elected Committee Chair, said it was a pleasure and honour to be elected as Chair of the Committee.  She said her election came at a difficult time in which many children around the world were affected by violations of their rights.  It was vital that the Committee continued to work for the protection of the rights of children everywhere.

    Regarding the session’s agenda, Ms. Kiladze said that the Committee would hold dialogues to consider the reports of six States parties: Brazil, Indonesia, Iraq, Norway, Qatar and Romania.  The scheduled review of Pakistan was postponed to a later session at the request of the State party.

    During the session, the Committee would continue its discussions on how its cooperation with various relevant bodies could be further strengthened to enhance the promotion and protection of the rights of the child.  It would also discuss the organisation of its future work and consideration of States parties’ reports, focusing on issues related to its methods of work and follow-up to the treaty body strengthening process.

    In addition, the Committee would consider any communication and information it had received through its communication procedure and would continue to consider how to integrate days of general discussion into the process of developing general comments.  The Committee would also continue its work on its new general comment on children’s right to access to justice and to an effective remedy.

    ALLEGRA FRANCHETTI, Secretary of the Committee, said that no reports had been received under the Convention since the last session, with the total number of reports pending consideration remaining at 62.  The total number of ratifications of the Convention remained at 196, while 64 periodic reports were overdue, of which 10 for more than five years and five for more than 10 years.

    There had been one new accession to an Optional Protocol to the Convention since the last session, with Estonia acceding to the Optional Protocol on a communications procedure.  The total number of ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the involvement of children in armed conflict remained at 173, while ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography remained at 178, and ratifications of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on a communications procedure was now at 53. 

    No new reports had been received under any of the Optional Protocols.  There were 37 initial reports overdue under the Optional Protocol on the involvement of children in armed conflict; and 47 overdue under the Optional Protocol on the sale of children, child prostitution and child pornography.

    Statements by United Nations Bodies and Civil Society Representatives

    Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights said the current global political and financial environment was difficult and complex.

    The Office introduced reports to be presented at the upcoming June session of the Human Rights Council related to children’s rights, including the second report of the High Commissioner on child rights mainstreaming, a report on the use of digital technologies to achieve universal birth registration, and a report on ensuring quality education for children.

    The Office was also preparing a report on the rights of the child and violations of the human rights of children in armed conflicts, which would be presented at the September session of the Human Rights Council, and a report on the safety of the child in the digital environment, which would be presented at the Council in 2026. 

    In addition, the Office had held a capacity-building roundtable with Member States on 5 June on strengthening child participation at the Human Rights Council, and it continued to contribute to the civil society and academia-led process to develop global guidelines on child participation in global events, helping to convene two participatory surveys that had reached over 200 children worldwide.

    The Office encouraged Committee members and other parties to participate in the Fifth World Conference on Justice for Children, to be held in Spain for 2 to 4 June.  The Office would work with the Committee to protect children’s rights in this difficult time.

    United Nations Children’s Fund commended the work of the Committee’s outgoing bureau and expressed its desire to work with the new Bureau and all Committee Experts.  Perhaps more than ever, the Committee was meeting at a time of great constraint for the international human rights system.  It was regrettable that the pre-sessional working group was cancelled. The Fund was discussing with the Committee regarding alternative means of engaging with children and civil society from the countries concerned in preparation for the next session.

    Armed conflicts, climate change, poverty, violence and inequalities, among other trends, continued to deprive millions of children of their rights, and the mere recognition that children had rights continued to be challenged in all parts of the world.  There was a normative pushback against children’s rights at the last Human Rights Council.  Most statements focused exclusively on children’s vulnerability and their right to protection, and did not highlight children’s agency, empowerment and participation.  In negotiations on a resolution on child rights defenders, there was much resistance to attempts to recognise their contributions.

    The Fund had held consultations with more than 7,000 children related to the Committee’s general comment 27 on children’s right to access to justice and to an effective remedy and had worked to develop a child-friendly version of the draft general comment. 

    The Fund had also worked on a child rights training course for its staff and had updated its handbook on the jurisprudence of the Committee.  Later in the year, the Fund would start to develop guidance on general measures of implementation, following the online guidance on children’s rights legislative reform launched last year.

    Child Rights Connect expressed its renewed commitment to supporting the Committee.  It welcomed the holding of the session, despite uncertainty due to the United Nations’ liquidity crisis, and requested the Committee to discuss the organisation of its future work, including how and when it would engage with children and civil society.

    Child Rights Connect raised deep concern about the impact on children of the funding crisis affecting the child rights sector.  Despite these circumstances, it continued to collaborate with stakeholders and carry out its mandate.  It welcomed the development of general comment 27, and had mobilised children and civil society around it, producing a methodology for consulting with children along with supporting child-friendly materials.  It had also recently launched a global survey on the digital protection of child human rights defenders, which collected the opinions and experiences of children who had stood up to protect human rights in the digital space.

    At a time when manifold crises affected children of the world, all persons holding mandates for children needed to strengthen joint efforts and find new ways of working with creativity to better serve children.

    ___________

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the media; 
    not an official record. English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

     

    CRC25.009E

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Alumni Honored at Inaugural CLAS Awards Ceremony

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences recently celebrated the achievements of six outstanding alumni during its inaugural CLAS Alumni Awards Ceremony.  

    The event brought together faculty, staff, alumni, and family members to honor graduates whose careers reflect the excellence and impact of a liberal arts and sciences education. 

    “Our alumni are among UConn’s greatest ambassadors, and we take immense pride in their accomplishments,” said UConn President Radenka Maric. “These awards in CLAS and across the University reflect the transformative power of a UConn education and the positive impact Huskies make in Connecticut and around the world.” 

    “The launch of our alumni awards program reflects our enduring commitment to celebrating the lifelong impact of a liberal arts education,” said CLAS dean Ofer Harel. 

    With more than 130,000 alumni, CLAS is UConn’s largest and most academically diverse college. The new awards program was created to recognize alumni who exemplify the College’s core values of community, creativity, dedication, diversity, empowerment, and integrity. 

    “These individuals reflect the depth, diversity, and impact of a CLAS education in their work and their lives,” Harel said in his opening remarks. “The awards were established to celebrate individual achievement, but also the power of a liberal arts and sciences education to open doors, fuel ambition, and inspire change.”  

    The winners were honored on April 30 at the Alumni House in Storrs. Their work spans science, policy, media, and the environment. 

    Distinguished Alumni Awards – Social Sciences and Humanities  

    Bryan Pollard ’85 (CLAS) graduated magna cum laude in political science as a UConn Honors Scholar and Phi Beta Kappa member. He earned his JD from Yale and led a 35-year legal career, including roles at Crowell & Moring in Washington, D.C., Day, Berry & Howard in Hartford, CT, and United Technologies Corporation (now RTX Corporation). He has served on multiple nonprofit boards and two terms on Middletown’s Ethics Commission. A Past President of the UConn Alumni Association, he is now serving a second term as Alumni Trustee. In 2021, he and his wife established a UConn CLAS scholarship fund and support the annual Alumni and Student of Color Networking Night.

    Bryan Pollard ’85 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Social Sciences and Humanities. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Mike Soltys ’81 (CLAS) began his career as an intern at ESPN in 1980 and went on to serve in corporate communications for 43 years, including 20 as vice president. He led strategic publicity and issue management for ESPN’s networks and platforms, helped launch ESPN’s corporate blog and media site, and managed major campaigns such as ESPN’s 25th anniversary. He served as a registered lobbyist for Connecticut issues and was ESPN’s longest-serving Editorial Board member. Mike holds a master’s from the University of Hartford and now serves as ESPN Historian. He was recognized in 2024 with a Lifetime Achievement Award from UConn’s Department of Communication. In memory of their parents, Mike and his sisters have established an annual scholarship at UConn for students pursuing careers in athletic communications. 

    Mike Soltys ’81 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Social Sciences and Humanities. (Photo courtesy UConn Foundation)

    Distinguished Alumni Awards – Life and Physical Sciences  

    Kevin Bohacs ’76 (CLAS) is a sedimentary geologist who earned his Ph.D. from MIT and spent over 40 years in industry research, primarily at ExxonMobil. His work has focused on mudstone systems, basin analysis, and Earth systems modeling, with applications on Earth and Mars. He has conducted research in over 40 countries, published more than 100 scientific works, co-authored and edited several books, and is listed as co-inventor on three patents. He has held roles in scientific lecturing and field training, and supports student education through the Earth Sciences Nugget Fund at UConn. 

    Kevin Bohacs ’76 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy UConn Foundation)

    Richard Piacentini MS ’84 (CLAS) is President and CEO of Phipps Conservatory and Botanical Gardens in Pittsburgh, where he has led initiatives in sustainability and regenerative design since 1994. Under his leadership, Phipps Conservatory built the Center for Sustainable Landscapes, which is one of the greenest buildings in the world and produces as much energy and water as it uses. Among other accomplishments, he oversaw the creation of the first LEED certified greenhouse, a zero-energy modular classroom called the Nature Lab, and the highly sustainable Exhibit Staging Center, which meets the highest green building standards. Piacentini holds an MS in Botany from UConn, an MBA from Virginia Commonwealth University, and a BS in Pharmacy from the University of Rhode Island.

    Richard Piacentini MS ’84 (CLAS) received a CLAS Distinguished Alumni Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Emerging Leader Award – Humanities and Social Sciences  

    Prabhas KC ’22 (CLAS) At UConn, economics major Prabhas KC served as a Board Member and Student Representative on the Mansfield Downtown Partnership, received the Department of Economics’ Dr. Joseph W. McAnneny, Jr. Award, and delivered the commencement address at his graduation in 2022.  He joined tech firm ServiceNow after graduation and earned the company’s “Hungry and Humble” Award. KC is the self-published author of “Nani, Let’s Count to 10!,” a bestselling bilingual children’s book, and founded Babu’s Books to promote cultural identity among second-generation immigrants through partnerships with schools and nonprofits. 

    Prabhas KC ’22 (CLAS) won the CLAS Emerging Leader Award in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Photo courtesy UConn Foundation.

    Emerging Leader Awards – Life and Physical Sciences 

    Tanisha Williams ’19 Ph.D. is Assistant Professor of Plant Biology at the University of Georgia and Director of the UGA Herbarium. She studies plant conservation, climate change adaptation, and the role of Indigenous knowledge in ecosystem resilience, and her work spans the U.S., South Africa, and Australia. Williams previously held a postdoctoral fellowship at Bucknell University, where she described two new plant species and mentored more than 40 students. A Fulbright Fellow and Alumni Ambassador, she also founded Black Botanists Week and has received honors including the ASPT Peter Raven Award and the Linnaean Society’s Bicentenary Medal. 

    Tanisha Williams ’19 Ph.D. won the CLAS Emerging Leader Award in the Life and Physical Sciences. (Photo courtesy of UConn Foundation)

    Learn more about the CLAS Alumni Awards.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Commencement Speaker: Servant Leadership Distinguishes Top Companies, Stellar Executives from the Rest

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    Alumnus Rich Eldh ’81, an entrepreneur who created a $300 million global research and advisory firm, told business undergraduates that servant leadership is one of the most important, and misinterpreted, components of business success.

    “Servant leadership means leading with strength, for the benefit of others,’’ he told more than 700 graduates, their family and friends, during the Commencement ceremony on Saturday at Gampel Pavilion. “It means empowering your team, fostering growth, and creating environments where others can shine.’’

    Eldh is the co-founder of SiriusDecisions, Inc., a B2B research and advisory firm, which he ran from 2001 until its sale in 2018. The company, which employed 400, provided advisory, consulting, and learning services to help executives improve the performance of their sales, marketing, and product strategies. Clients included Adobe, IBM, GE, Cisco, and Motorola.

    “Servant leadership has been misinterpreted over the last 10 to 15 years,’’ Eldh said prior to his Commencement address. “So-called leadership gurus have considered it passive or weak. That is a total misinterpretation.’’

    “Servant leadership is doing what is right by three constituencies: your employees, your customers/clients, and your shareholders,’’ he said. Honesty, integrity, selflessness, curiosity, respectfulness, and humility are some of the traits of a servant leader, Eldh said. Those values spread through an organization and create a culture that’s a joy to work in and to lead.

    At SiriusDecisons, that philosophy was paramount.

    “We displayed our values through our business decisions,’’ he said. For example, to retain its talent, the company provided an environment that respected them as individuals and paid well for high performance.

    “For many years, even as a startup company, we paid for all employee benefit premiums,’’ he continued. “This seemingly simple, but expensive, decision was one of the top reasons people with families chose to stay versus pursue jobs at other companies. If it is critical to one’s security and peace of mind, why wouldn’t we, as an employer, pay for our associates’ insurance?’’

    Trust Yourself and Your Journey

    Richard Eldh Jr. ’81 (BUS) gives the address at the School of Business Commencement ceremony at Gampel Pavilion on May 10, 2025. (Peter Morenus/UConn Photo)

    Eldh also reassured the new graduates that almost all of their experiences will be valuable and that nothing happens by chance.

    “The universe has your back—and will conspire, inspire and guide you, as long as you’re listening,’’ he said.

    As a sophomore at UConn, Eldh shattered his ankle playing intramural basketball.

    “I was in a brace and on crutches for nine months,’’ he recalled. “All my classes were across campus, and most days that felt like too much effort. Needless to say, that year was difficult academically.’’

    By the end of the year, he felt like he was wasting his time and his parents’ money. He convinced a friend to leave UConn with him and move to Germany. His adviser thought he was crazy and his parents were shocked, but that September he began his adventure.

    “I have to be honest, I was scared,’’ he said. “I remember thinking, ‘What have I done?’ I truly thought I had made a huge mistake.’’

    But he had mentioned his plans to a friend’s father who helped him get a job in Kempten, Germany, writing code for a manufacturing firm.

    “That job, and that year abroad, changed my life,’’ Eldh recalled. “I was completely out of my comfort zone and I discovered my love for technology. I discovered a love for travel, and for the world.’’

    “That experience, which began with what seemed like a rash decision, became the foundation for my life and career,’’ he said. A year later, he returned to UConn and completed his degree, majoring in finance.

    “I don’t pretend to have all the answers, but I do believe—with all my heart—that if you make decisions that feel right for you, the universe will put you in the right place at the right time,’’ he said.

    He also told the graduates to work hard and not believe the myth of overnight success. Consistent hard work, like compound interest, leads to greater knowledge, promotions, a bigger income, and a competitive edge, he said.

    “Graduates of the UConn School of Business, you have the brains, you have the insight, you have the passion…and more than anything, you have the power to shift the world!,’’ he said.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: European Public Prosecutor’s Office (the ‘EPPO’) – P10_TA(2025)0087 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the budget of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0051/2025),

    A.  whereas the EPPO is the independent public prosecution office of the Union, responsible for investigating and prosecuting crimes against the financial interests of the Union, for significantly enhancing the Union’s capacity to safeguard taxpayer funds, and for bringing to judgment the perpetrators of, and accomplices to, criminal offences provided for in Directive (EU) 2017/1371(1) and indicated by Regulation (EU) 2017/1939(2);

    B.  whereas the competence of the EPPO encompasses several types of fraud, and includes cross-border VAT fraud with a total damage of at least EUR 10 million, money laundering, corruption, organised crime and other offences for which the EPPO performs prosecutorial functions before the competent courts of the participating Member States;

    C.  whereas the EPPO is one of the component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture and, as such, its actions are coordinated with and complementary to those of the other components of the architecture, to achieve streamlined, efficient coordination that enhances the overall effectiveness of the architecture;

    D.  whereas the EPPO intervenes when national authorities could investigate and prosecute crimes but where the prerogatives of national authorities stop at the borders of their country, and other organisations like Eurojust, OLAF and Europol do not have the necessary powers to carry out the relevant criminal investigations and prosecutions;

    E.  whereas the procedural acts of the EPPO are subject to judicial review by the national courts and the Court of Justice of the European Union (the ‘Court of Justice’) has, by way of preliminary rulings or judicial reviews of those acts, residual power to ensure a consistent application of Union law;

    F.  whereas the EPPO is composed of a central level, with its headquarters in Luxembourg, consisting of the European Chief Prosecutor, 22 European Prosecutors (one per participating Member State), the Administrative Director, and a decentralised, national- level consisting of the European delegated prosecutors (EDPs) in the 22 participating Member States;

    G.  whereas at the central level the European Chief Prosecutor and the 22 European Prosecutors compose the College of the EPPO (the ‘College’) and supervise the investigations and prosecutions carried out by the EDPs at the national level, who operate with complete independence from their national authorities;

    H.  whereas, under Article 93 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, the EPPO Administrative Director, acting as the authorising officer of the EPPO, is to implement its budget under its own responsibility and within the limits authorised in the budget and shall send each year to the budgetary authority all information relevant to the findings of any evaluation procedures;

    I.  whereas, in accordance with Article 50(2) of the EPPO’s Financial Rules, the Accounting Officer of the Commission is also to act as Accounting Officer of the EPPO and is responsible for the preparation of the annual accounts, which are consolidated with those of the Union;

    J.  whereas, under the current framework, the final annual accounts are scrutinised by the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’) and it is with the Council to recommend and to the European Parliament to decide whether to grant discharge to EPPO’s Administrative Director in respect of the implementation of the budget for a given financial year;

    K.  whereas the scrutiny over the management of the EPPO resources and related expenditure cannot ignore the examination of operational activities, their consequences and impact and the methods of their execution;

    L.  whereas the EPPO has been operating autonomously in the implementation of its budget only since 24 June 2021 and it has started its operational activities, necessitating continuous evaluation to ensure resources align with operational effectiveness, on 1 June 2021, which is also the dies a quo for the five-year term indicated in Article 119 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 upon reaching which the Commission will have to submit to the European Parliament and to the Council and to national parliaments an evaluation report on the implementation and impact of such Regulation, and on the effectiveness and efficiency of the EPPO and its working practices, together with its conclusions;

    M.  whereas, in accordance with Article 119(2) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, the Commission is to submit legislative proposals to the European Parliament and to the Council if it concludes that it is necessary to have additional or more detailed rules on the setting up of the EPPO, its functions or the procedure applicable to its activities, including its cross-border investigations;

    1.  Welcomes the positive opinion of the Court on the reliability of the EPPO’s accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 and on the legality and regularity of the underlying revenue and payments;

    2.  Recalls the Parliament’s strong support for the establishment of the EPPO; acknowledges the EPPO as an independent Union body; stresses the EPPO’s important role in the protection of the Union’s financial interests and as an essential component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture and of a wider Union system based on integrity, accountability, transparency and the sound financial management of resources; commends the EPPO for its work in investigating, prosecuting, and ensuring justice for crimes affecting the Union budget, such as fraud, corruption, and cross-border VAT fraud;

    3.  Highlights the critical necessity of promptly dedicating necessary resources to ensure the timely conclusion of the ongoing investigation into the acquisition of the COVID-19 vaccine in the Union, especially considering the substantial public interest in this matter, coupled with the fact that the investigation already commenced in 2022 and to this date no decision has been publicly announced;

    4.  Notes that it is possible to compare only the two most recent budgetary and operational performances of the EPPO, for the period 2022 to 2023, following the EPPO’s financial autonomy in June 2021; observes that, in that context, the budgetary increases related to the EPPO’s activities remain very difficult to estimate because of the EPPO’s recent establishment, the unique characteristics of the EPPO and its main activities, the unpredictable level of fraud detection, the wide variety of its cases, its lack of discretion with regard to pursuing prosecutions coupled with its reliance on the resources and procedural constraints of national judicial systems, the lack of a fixed correlation between the number and the costs of investigations, and the magnitude of the Union’s financial interests that are to be protected; also observes that it is difficult to estimate the expenditure for the caseload related to the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) because of its unprecedented manner of implementation and high volume of resources;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5.  Notes that the overall final budget allocated to the EPPO for 2023 was EUR 65,9 million, substantially increased (by 14,7 %) from the EUR 51,2 million that was allocated in 2022, while the 2021 budget (EUR 26,2 million) related to a period prior to the EPPO’s financial autonomy; observes that the EPPO’s budget includes the reinforcement, granted by the budgetary authority at the request of the EPPO in June 2023, by EUR 500 000 (the request also included human resources related to the essential enhancement of the EPPO’s security capacity, leading to the grant of eight additional establishment plan posts); appreciates that no budget was returned in 2023, compared to 10 % (EUR 5,9 million) of the initial budget in 2022 and 21 % (EUR 9,5 million) in 2021; re-iterates the need for the EPPO to be provided with sufficient resources to adequately fulfil its mandate;

    6.  Welcomes the increasing level of budget implementation, which was 99,6 % in 2023 (compared to 98,1 % in 2022 and 97,4 % in 2021); appreciates that the overall execution rate for payments progressed in 2023 reaching 85,3 % (compared to 76,6 % and 71 % in 2022 and 2021) and the average payment time decreased to 17 days compared to 23,8 in 2022 and 21,0 in 2021); observes that the electronic invoicing module (e-invoicing) was rolled out in June 2023 and it will contribute to further reducing administrative burdens, time-to-payment and the overall processing costs; encourages a further refinement of operational processes to maximise efficiency;

    7.  Understands that, because the budget endowment requests were only partially met, the EPPO focused its financial resources on the intake of additional EDPs, which has an impact on the EPPO’s capacity to lead the increasing number of investigations and prosecutions, on the need to improve the security standing of the organisation and on the maintenance of its case-management System (CMS), which could have negatively affected the management of cross-border investigations; underlines the importance of additional funding and strengthening its staffing to enable the EPPO to effectively combat organised crime, protect the Union’s financial interests, and uphold the rule of law, which are key Union priorities; calls for a dedicated increase in funding within the next Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) to ensure it can continue to meet its objectives and obligations;

    8.  Is aware that, following the achievement of its financial autonomy, in June 2021, the EPPO prioritised the operational expenditure related to investigation, prosecution and security measures, and that this has resulted in limiting the non-operational expenditure to essential level support services; remarks that, in this context, a total of EUR 28 312 075 was allocated on operational expenditure lines (Title 3), representing 43 % of the EPPO’s final budget 2023 (compared to EUR 21 047 346, which was 41 % in 2022); observes that the main cost drivers for these activities were the EDPs’ remuneration (51 % of the operational activities compared to 42 % in 2022), followed by operational ICT activities like maintenance and development of the EPPO’s CMS (19 % compared to 28 % in 2022), and the linguistic services (translation and interpretation related activities) (14 %, the same as in 2022);

    9.  Notes that the remuneration of the EDPs reached EUR 14,5 million (compared to EUR 8,7 million in 2022), which represents the main operational expenditure because of the increased number of EDPs in place over 2023; welcomes the accession of Poland and Sweden to the EPPO, which was announced in 2024; notes that it did not affect the 2023 expenditure and concerns the 2024 budget only marginally, due to the late and gradual intake of two European Prosecutors and a number of EDPs; understands that a more solid cost estimation will not be possible until 2025; welcomes the inclusion in the programme of the objective of the new Irish Government to join the EPPO; calls on the Hungarian government, as the sole remaining Member State that has not yet joined the EPPO, despite the absence of any legal or constitutional impediment, to join the EPPO without further delay;

    10.  Observes that costs for missions and operational meetings increased further in 2023 (mission costs were EUR 1 175 000 in 2023 and EUR 980 000 in 2022; operational meeting in 2023 were EUR 659 752 compared to EUR 170 000 in 2022), in line with the increasing level of intensity of investigations;

    11.  Is aware that the costs for translation services are expected to further increase, in line with the EPPO’s increasing caseload, and recognises the need for additional resources for translation; welcomes both the internal guidance developed on the use of translation services, with a view to reinforcing control over costs and including the recommendation to use machine translation services whenever possible, and the use of national service providers of the limit allowed by the current Regulation to address the problem; observes, in that regard, that while Article 107 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 provides for translation services required for the administrative functioning of the EPPO at the central level to be provided by the Union’s Translation Centre for the Bodies of the European Union, it also provides for different handling of operational and urgent matters and empowers EDPs to decide on the arrangements for translations for the purpose of investigations in accordance with applicable national law;

    12.  Notes that in 2023 the EPPO signed 234 specific contracts under existing framework contracts, for a total of more than EUR 11 million, with a significant increase in the use of EPPO framework contracts (82 specific contracts for a value of more than EUR 6,5 million) due, to a great extent, to the use of the EPPO’s framework contract for the Provision of Services in the Field of Information Systems; observes that only one contract, concerning the EPPO’s CMS, was awarded via a negotiated procedure without prior publication of a contract notice for reasons of extreme urgency;

    13.  Observes that carry-over of appropriations from the previous exercise in 2022 amounted to EUR 10 969 680 (24,4 % of the EPPO’s 2022 final budget), of which 84,8 % was consumed (EUR 9 307 392) and 15,2 % was cancelled (compared to 21,4 % in 2022) and notes that forecasts indicate another carry-over in 2024, pending completion of the deliverables, for payment appropriations (the carry-over from 2023 to 2024 amounted to EUR 9 392 989); understands that partial cancellation is a consequence of the progressive establishment of the EPPO’s administrative practices following the financial autonomy it achieved in 2021; notes that carry-over appropriations cancelled for approved budgets of 2022 and 2023 could be neither used with existing or new contracts nor synchronised with the principle of annuality, while the planning of the corresponding expenses, mainly related to translation, meetings, missions and external contractors, could not be accurate due to a lack of any historical data and figures and the rapid evolving of the organisation; appreciates that the continuous strengthening of the EPPO’s administrative capacity is progressively addressing those issues and that, while a fully estimation cannot be made in advance because of the nature of the EPPO’s operational activity, the expected level of cancelled appropriations will diminish in 2024;

    14.  Notes that in 2023 two budget transfers were adopted by the European Chief Prosecutor, on a proposal drawn up by the Administrative Director, and that they were notified to the College for information, for a total transferred between titles of EUR 1,2 million;

    15.  Acknowledges the need for adequate budget flexibility, to address unexpected operational needs such as, in 2023, the war in Ukraine, inflationary pressures, or other global challenges and understands that the EPPO made use of its Financial Rules by timely reallocation of appropriations via budget amendments (one in June and one in November) and via budget transfers (one in September and one in December);

    16.  Reiterates its observation on the obsolete 2017 Legislative Financial Statement which is deemed to be no longer fit-for-purpose due to a significantly underestimated workload; recalls its previous resolution, underlining that the absence of a mid-term budgetary review obliges the EPPO to wait until the very end of the budgetary adoption process to have clarity on what resource level it can implement in the subsequent year, and it limits the EPPO’s capacity to anticipate budget implementation preparatory activities as well as the options that should be made available to achieve maximum flexibility in the development of an organisational infrastructure for a project as innovative as the EPPO; notes that this, in particular, affects the early launch of recruitment, delaying the progress towards full occupancy among others and the overall absorption capacity of the EPPO;

    17.  Maintains that the budgetary and human resources allocated to the EPPO are expected to be adequate to allow the efficient and successful carrying out of its mandate and the normal handling of the related administrative procedures; reiterates its call on the Commission to review the EPPO budgetary framework in close cooperation with the EPPO to find adequate ways to support it in its work; calls on the Commission to allocate additional resources, justified by the growing number of complex cases, and emphasises that these should not be dependent on the revision of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 or of the EPPO mandate, but rather on the importance of the fight against organised crime and the protection of the Union’s financial interests in the next MFF;

    18.  Emphasises that the activities of the EPPO contribute to the protection of the Union’s financial interests and are also expected to recover amounts from the Union’s budget that were not used for its intended purpose due to criminal activities; believes that the amounts resulting from seizing and confiscating measures adopted by the EDPs in the Member States could, after the deduction of costs incurred by the Member States’ authorities to implement those measures, flow back into the Union Budget in accordance with Article 38 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939; considers that the potential revenue resulting from seizing and confiscating measures should be accounted for in the Union Budget as non-assigned revenue; calls on the Commission to make the necessary arrangements with the relevant national authorities to allow those amounts to enter into the Union Budget;

    19.  Acknowledges that the EPPO clearly contributes to European added value in terms of coordination and cooperation with the Member States in investigating and prosecuting crimes against the financial interests of the Union and that the EPPO has been achieving the goals set out in Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 in that regard; expects Member States to comply with legal obligations and to report all relevant cases to the EPPO; notes with concern that in several instances Member States have been declaring criminal offences affecting the financial interests of the Union as national cases, which are within the competence of the EPPO; notes that questions of competence between the national authorities and the EDPs have come up in several cases across several countries; is aware that, according to Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, cases of disagreement about the EPPO’s competences are to be decided by the same national judicial authority who is responsible for determining the competent body for prosecution at national level; regrets that in many participating Member States the procedures in force and the national authorities entrusted with the decisions on such cases regarding conflicts of competence are not set in compliance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, stresses that in cases of conflicts of competence between the EPPO and a national prosecution authority, the national authority competent to decide on the attribution of competence could come to a conclusion without requesting a preliminary ruling of the Court of Justice and could, instead adopt a decision that is binding on the EPPO and points out that this is against the spirit of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, which provides that, in accordance with Article 267 TFEU, the Court of Justice has jurisdiction to give a preliminary ruling on the interpretation of the provision on conflicts of competence between the EPPO and national authorities; believes that the current situation lacks legal clarity; encourages all Member States to work more closely with the EPPO; emphasises that the competence of the EPPO is clearly outlined in Article 22(1) and (2), and in Article 23 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, and that all Member States are to comply with that Regulation; notes that when Member States have doubts about the competence of the EPPO in a particular case, there is the possibility of submitting a preliminary question to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling pursuant to Article 267 TFEU and Article 42(2), point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 ; urges the Commission, where there is a breach of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, to submit the case to the Court of Justice; notes with concern that the question of competence can cause a halt to the investigation; is concerned about potential loss of evidence when cases are paused; calls on the Commission to collect information regarding cases regarding conflicts of competence for the evaluation report that will be submitted in 2026;

    20.  Reiterates that Article 91(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 is to be implemented properly and underlines that the peculiar characteristics of prosecution and investigation expenditure, including the exceptional cases of the EPPO’s operational expenditure governed by that provision, have to be taken into account; understands that, in 2023, a first financing agreement was signed in the framework of a pilot for the reimbursement of claims made under Article 91(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939, to cover exceptionally costly investigation measures carried out at national level on behalf of the EPPO; appreciates that the corresponding payment was audited by the Court during the 2023 audit and was deemed legal and regular;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    21.  Welcomes that, during 2023, the College met 22 times and adopted 73 decisions, among which are the anti-fraud strategy 2023-2025, the anti-harassment policy for staff and for members of the College or the EDPs;

    22.  Acknowledges that the EPPO continued its efforts to set in place a system to monitor efficiency gains and cost savings, and notes that in 2023 it launched a review of the budget and activities’ strategic and operational planning and monitoring processes and of the recruitment processes, to make gains in speed and acquired competences; points out that, overall, the internal control systems in force are effective;

    23.  Notes that, to further develop the EPPO’s assurance framework, the internal auditor of the EPPO for non-operational matters (IAS) initiated, in 2023, a limited review of the EPPO’s building blocks of assurance; believes that this engagement, scheduled to be finalised during the course of 2024, will provide recommendations to build a stronger capacity for the Authorising Officer to issue a credible declaration of assurance;

    24.  Welcomes the benchmarking exercise carried out by the Internal Audit Capability (IAC) by comparing the deployed human resources of the EPPO with a set of other Union entities and national prosecution offices, against a standardised set of pillars which includes administrative support and operational activities; observes that, in 2023, the IAC tested the internal oversight environment and ran the first internal audit as an analysis of the working environment and internal controls of the EPPO’s decentralised office in Sofia, Bulgaria;

    25.  Reiterates its view that the IAS and the IAC should coordinate their actions with a view to advising and assisting the EPPO in the establishment of its main core processes and the achievement of its objectives;

    26.  Notes that the EPPO has developed its own purchase capacity, resulting from its own specifically run procurement processes launched in 2023, and manages its own specific contracts and order forms with regard to the implementation of existing framework contracts that were signed in 2023; observes that the EPPO continues, in parallel, to operate its purchase capacity through service level agreements with other Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, and by joining inter-institutional contracts with various market operators;

    27.  Is aware that in 2023 the Administrative Director established the minimum standards (assessment criteria) for each of the 17 internal control principles based on the COSO 2013 Control-Integrated Framework and established by the EPPO Internal Control Framework (ICF) as building blocks of the EPPO internal control system; observes that out of 72 compliance criteria, 51 are observed as fulfilled, 20 have some elements in place but further development is desirable and only in the case of one criterion has no significant implementation has been noted; appreciates that, since its adoption by the College on March 2021, 71 % of the adopted ICF assessment have been successfully implemented whereas additional effort needs to be made for the full implementation of the remaining 29 %;

    28.  Welcomes that, on 1 March 2023, an updated version of the EPPO Anti-Fraud Strategy 2023-2025 was adopted setting the objectives to counter fraud at all levels of the organisation in connection with a dedicated action plan which is part of the EPPO internal control environment and is monitored on a regular basis; appreciates the annual review of the Anti-Fraud Strategy action plan by the EPPO Internal Control Officer, reporting the results of that review to the Administrative Director;

    29.  Is aware that, in line with the EPPO’s financial rules, the EPPO ensures an adequate level of financial transactions and procurement procedures via ex post controls on financial transactions (payments, commitments and recovery orders) and on procurement procedures for the period 1 January to 31 December 2023;

    30.  Observes the increase in crime reports submitted to the EPPO (4 187 in 2023 compared to 3 318 in 2022 and 2 832 in 2021) and, as a result, the increase in open investigations (1 371 in 2023 compared to 865 in 2022 and 567 in 2021) and in the estimation of damage (EUR 19,27 billion in 2023 compared to 14,1 billion in 2022 and 5,4 billion in 2021); remarks that reports from private parties (2 494, which is 29 % more than in 2022) and from national authorities (1 562, which is 24 % more than in 2022) represent the biggest share of operational input received, while regrets that reports from other Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies remained very low (108), suggesting that no significant improvement in terms of detection and reporting was achieved from their side; notes that the number of indictments (139 in 2023 compared to 87 in 2022 and 5 in 2021) together with the freezing orders obtained by the EPPO (EUR 1,5 billion compared to EUR 359,1 million in 2022 and EUR 147 million in 2021) are indicative of the growing performance level of the EPPO;

    31.  Notes that, compared with 2022, the caseload of the EPPO almost doubled in 2023, reaching up to 1 927 active investigations; commends the fruitful activities of the EPPO in 2023, which included 139 indictments, 339 VAT-related cases and over 200 investigations on the implementation of NextGenerationEU; further notes that the EPPO started to bring more perpetrators of Union fraud to justice in front of national courts;

    32.  Notes that, in 2023, 48 cases concluded with a court conviction (compared to 20 cases in 2022) and that EUR 60 million was the amount confiscated (compared to EUR 2 million in 2021); underlines the importance of a systematic reporting on the follow-up to these cases in terms of the financial measures adopted (confiscation and recovery) to get a clearer understanding of the impact of the EPPO’s actions; welcomes the actions undertaken by the EPPO and the Commission to streamline their communications and make them adequate in relation to the needs of possible administrative procedures for the adoption of measures to restore the Union’s budget affected by financial crimes; reiterates its call on the Commission to assist the EPPO in monitoring and follow-up activities, in such a way that the EPPO’s limited resources are not diverted from their investigative and prosecutorial tasks; encourages the EPPO, where possible and appropriate, to engage in better cooperation with other components of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, such as Eurojust and Europol, or using – via OLAF- the Anti-Fraud Coordination Services established in the Member States to monitor the results of its investigations;

    33.  Underlines the essential role of asset recovery in the creation of a credible deterrent to organised crime; welcomes the EPPO’s participation in international networks to advance its asset recovery operations further; stresses the need for the Commission to invite the EPPO to participate in the newly created cooperation network on asset recovery and confiscation; notes that the timely and effective investigation and prosecution of fraud-related crimes can generate significant savings for the budget of the Union and the budgets of the Member States;

    34.  Is concerned about the increasing number of EPPO investigations regarding the implementation of Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRPs) (there were 233 investigations at the end of 2023, compared to 15 investigations at the end of 2022) and their relevant estimated financial damage (EUR 1,86 billion); is particularly concerned that, despite the high number of investigations, there is currently no obligation on Member States to report RRF cases to the Commission through the Irregularity Management System (IMS); recalls the obligation to report all the cases of fraud affecting RRF to the EPPO and stresses that such cases are also relevant for EDES-related measures; stresses that the EPPO’s workload, initially underestimated, has significantly increased and is expected to continue growing particularly due to the rising number of RRF-related cases and that relevant analyses suggest a possible exponential grow in the number of cases of fraud, corruption, double funding and conflicts of interest in the coming years; calls on the EPPO to systematically analyse and identify fraud patterns in Member States where multiple RRF cases have been detected, and to communicate these patterns to Member States, the Commission and the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, with the objective of enhancing preventative measures to mitigate the risk of fraud; calls on the EPPO, the Commission and OLAF to cooperate closely with the aim of minimising, as much as possible, the impact of such fraudulent misbehaviours on the Union’s budget and safeguarding the achievements of the RRF’s goals; recalls the call on the Commission to provide adequate guidance to the EPPO on how to support and foster the adoption of the remedial measures which follow the EPPO’s independent investigation and prosecution of fraud affecting the RRF and to keep the budgetary authority informed regarding the available options;

    35.  Understands that the EPPO reacted to Parliament’s call for a better monitoring system and enhanced follow-up of investigations and prosecutions by launching a project on digital statistical tools which would allow better use of the data that it processes, and the development of a strategic analysis capacity to identify the patterns of fraud; shares the EPPO’s view that the success of those efforts are directly linked to the available resources and calls on the Commission to take these activities and the related costs into consideration for the future proposals on Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and on budgetary endowments;

    36.  Appreciates the EPPO’s efforts in the setting up key performance indicators (KPIs) for both operational and administrative activities with specific targets due to its peculiar business model; maintains its remark on the need for operational activities to include reference to the amounts seized, confiscated and eventually recovered to the Union’s budget, the safeguard of which is ultimately the raison d’être of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture of which the EPPO is an important component; understands that monitoring and follow-up action, including reporting on the recovery results, are not in the EPPO’s remit and require resources and specific prerogatives that are not part of the EPPO’s mission; asks the Commission to support the EPPO in identifying indicators linked to the achievement of that essential task, stressing that a better monitoring system, and more data of good granularity and aggregated in cluster per typology of misconduct, sector of interest or geographical area, could allow making more tangible the impact of the EPPO’s investigations and allow the identification of patterns of fraud;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    37.  Observes the upward trend in the number of staff, increasing from 58 in 2020, to 122 in 2021, 217 by the end of 2022 and 238 by the end of 2023; is aware that, for 2023, the EPPO requested from the budgetary authority the suppression of 20 contract agent posts and the creation of 20 temporary agent posts, which was granted and implemented by the EPPO in the same year, resulting in the total number of staff remaining unchanged (248, out of with 171 TAs, 48 CAs and 29 SNEs), with a different allocation of posts (191 TAs, 28 CAs and 29 SNEs); points out, however, that following certain security weaknesses identified, the EPPO requested in May 2023 an amending budget and additional posts to enhance the physical, information and cyber security at central and decentralised levels and that out of 21 security posts identified, only eight posts (1 AD 9, 4 AD 6 and 3 AST 3) were granted in November 2023 for further security implementations which was finalised in 2024;

    38.  Points out that, in 2023, the occupancy rate at the central office was 92,97 %, of which 238 were members of staff compared to 256 budgeted posts; notes that out of 140 posts for the EDPs, 130 were on the post at the end of 2023 and another 10 started at the beginning of 2024, reaching 100 % of occupancy rate; observes that the EPPO reinforced its capacity to run timely and transparent recruitment procedures by concluding 24 selection procedures in 2023, on-boarding 45 statutory staff members and 8 new European Prosecutors while 35 new EDPs were appointed;

    39.  Notes that, by December 2023, staff turnover (TAs and CAs) was at 4,62 %(3), recording a total of 11 resignations throughout the year, mainly justified by leaving to another institution (four cases) and for more senior positions offered in other Union institutions (seven cases); observes that the main underlying cause for this turnover is the specificity of the Luxembourg labour market, which has a very limited talent pool and small offer of specialised skills;

    40.  Acknowledges the Commission’s efforts to satisfy the EPPO’s requests for additional posts; believes that the workload perspectives indicates that further resources are needed, especially considering the backlog and additional RRF-related cases and far-reaching VAT fraud and also considering that the administrative and central support functions are expected to grow, in line with the larger operational population; points out the risk of underestimating needs and capacities; remarks that the cost of interim staff and external service providers working intra-muros in 2023 reached EUR 4 235 242; encourages the Commission and the EPPO to find a sustainable long-term solution which allows for continuity, preserves confidentiality and retains built-in competences; appreciates that the EPPO’s additional operational needs are exhaustively integrated in the EPPO Single Programming Document 2024-2026 and in EPPO budget requests;

    41.  Notes with concern that the Luxembourg labour market is very competitive, that the financial conditions offered by the Union administration are not attractive compared to the local market (subject to diverse salary indexations throughout the year), and do not take due account of the high cost of living in Luxembourg, which has become even more difficult because of the inflation rate and the increased cost of housing; notes that the EPPO cannot offer a career path for its members of staff to become Union Officials and that its posts are therefore even less attractive than those in the four other Union institutions operating from Luxembourg; emphasises that this results either in a very limited number of applications for vacant posts or in the rejection by the selected candidates of the employment offer once received, due to the high cost of living; calls on the EPPO and the Commission to implement measures that enhance the EPPO’s attractiveness for highly skilled professionals with international experience, such as the housing allowance for lower-grade staff approved by the budgetary authority for 2025, as recommended by the High-Level Interinstitutional Group; notes the overrepresentation of certain nationalities among staff;

    42.  Notes that, at the end of 2023, geographical and gender balance was adequately pursued overall across the 238 members of staff (with 137 men and 101 women); maintains that the nationality breakdown of the EPPO population is constantly monitored by those hiring new members of staff, in seeking to ensure balance, especially, in light of the uneven distribution of applicants, and with Italy (34), Romania (33), Greece (26) and Belgium (24) being more represented across the 26 different nationalities; encourages the EPPO to adopt proactive measures to ensure a balanced representation of nationalities among its staff, reflecting the diversity of the participating Member States; expresses concerns over the gender distribution among senior management positions (four men to one woman) and calls for this issue to be addressed in the framework of the overall diversity strategy; calls for the publication of an annual report, disaggregated by gender, nationality, and employment category, including concrete measures to close gaps in recruitment and career advancement and to monitor and address imbalances;

    43.  Is aware that the decision to implement a strategy on Diversity and Inclusion was made in 2023, with the development of the strategy to be executed in the course of 2024; encourages the EPPO to progress with its adoption and to periodically launch surveys among its staff, by promoting peer-review with other components of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, such as Eurojust, OLAF and Europol; understands that the EPPO’s policy on Diversity & Inclusion will be based on the EU Agencies Network Charter on Diversity & Inclusion, adopted in March 2023, and believes that it will in general encourage diversity to make the workplace more attractive to candidates with specific needs; reiterates its request to the EPPO to adopt its Charter on Diversity and Inclusion without delay, in light of the increase in staff during 2023;

    44.  Remarks that, including TAs, CAs, SNEs and EDPs, 341 out of 396 staff (compared to 275 out of 332 in 2022) were deployed in investigative activities by the end of 2023 (that is 86,10 % compared to 82,83 % in 2022 and 86 % in 2021) while 55 members of staff (compared to 57 in 2022) were engaged in administrative support and control functions;

    45.  Welcomes the appointment of 8 new European Prosecutors and 35 new EDP’s to the EPPO in 2023; reiterates that the EPPO can fulfil its role only if it enjoys full judicial independence, which flows from a merit-based and objective appointment procedure; encourages Member States to contribute to the full independence of the EPPO in that regard;

    46.  Maintains that the appointment of EDPs is a shared responsibility of the EPPO and the Member States; stresses that the appointment procedure must always comply with Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and the principle of national procedural autonomy;

    47.  Underlines the need for greater career development opportunities for EDPs to attract and retain experienced professionals; calls for improved employment conditions, including a clear career progression path and the standardisation of social security and pension arrangements across participating Member States, ensuring that national salary discrepancies do not deter qualified candidates from applying;

    48.  Appreciates that, in the course of 2023 and beginning 2024, the number of EDPs reached the initially foreseen number of 140; welcomes the decision to align the remuneration of EDPs with that of EU Officials of equivalent level of responsibility, rather than 80 % of the salary of EU Officials, as originally provided for; takes the view that this decision increases the attractiveness of the EDP’s function, paving the way to the recruitment of more experienced national prosecutors whose national salary was higher than the remuneration offered by the EPPO, and in the meantime reduces the administrative burden on the EPPO for the implementation of Article 16(1) of the Conditions of Employment of the EDPs, which provides that, in the case of total net remuneration lower than the national salary, a top-up amount is provided to ensure that the remuneration matches the previous level;

    49.  Underlines that the selection process for European Prosecutors and EDPs is not managed autonomously by the EPPO, because European Prosecutors are nominated by the Member States and then appointed by the European Council, whereas EDPs are nominated by the Member States and appointed by the College; maintains that the application of qualified candidates to the EDP positions could increase and the process could become more selective by adopting a clear career perspective and more favourable administrative discipline on social security and health insurance coverage; reiterates that the creation of a specific status for EDPs would be consistent with the nature of their judicial function and contribute on making those posts more appealing; calls on the Commission to propose adequate solutions in the event of amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    50.  Understands that each Member State is obliged (under Article 96(6) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939) to put in place arrangements of legislative or administrative nature to maintain the affiliation and coverage of the EDPs, including any contributions to the relevant national social security, pension and insurance schemes, but a number of Member States have not yet fully complied with this obligation; therefore calls on the Commission to propose an effective solution to the social security and health insurance coverage gap of the EDPs at the revision of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    51.  Notes that five complaints about the appointment of EDPs were introduced before the Court of Justice until 2023, of which three were closed (either dismissed or withdrawn) and one was dismissed, but an appeal is currently pending before the Court of Justice, and the last action for annulment of the decision of the College rejecting the nomination as EDP of a person nominated by a Member State was admitted in July 2024 on the grounds of a lack of sufficient reasoning in the College’s decision and an analysis is on-going on the manner in which the annulment is to be implemented; observes that there are no new complaints before the General Court concerning appointments to the EPPO;

    52.  Notes that the EPPO’s learning and development strategy was launched in 2023, aiming to promote a culture of continuous learning and facilitate the continuous assessment and adaptation of the staff’s evolving learning needs, together with the pilot learning needs analysis;

    53.  Notes, as regards measures and policies in place to safeguard the physical and mental well-being of staff, that in 2023 all measures were subject to revision and consultation by all involved stakeholders (the staff committee, members of staff in general, and management), seeking to find a balance between expectations and reality of the EPPO as a growing and rapidly changing organisation; observes that there the EPPO operates a flexitime scheme and a work-from-home standard scheme, which provides for one day of telework per week as a basis and a maximum of three days per week, plus extensions accepted in light of serious health or family constraints; remarks that current framework also includes 10 days’ work from outside the place of employment in a given year, to be used without link to other days of leave; believes that the EPPO’s current working conditions allow staff to take advantage of digital solutions by integrating a good level of autonomy in the management of working patterns, facilitating the conciliation of private and work life and promoting team morale and spirit; welcomes the on-going development of a policy on well-being which shall contain a section on well-being for staff benefiting from telework;

    54.  Highlights that, as suggested by Parliament, in the second semester of 2023 an open consultation on flexible working arrangements took place, and the decisions adopted in 2021 and 2022 underwent an ex post revision; notes that in consideration of the input of all stakeholders, on December 2023 the Administrative Director incorporated updates to the provisions; notes that changes included the enlargement of the notion of ‘place of telework’ (from 2 to 2,5 hours’ time/distance radius around the EPPO’s central office), and the introduction of hybrid working arrangements for interim agency staff; observes that no further change was adopted by College decisions, taking into account that the Administrative Director decisions had already enacted the conclusions of the staff consultations;

    55.  Notes that, following Parliament’s calls, a staff satisfaction (engagement) survey is planned in the first quarter of 2025; understands that the EPPO’s staff committee has also run a staff priorities survey, and encourages a more intensive dialogue to enhance the work-life conditions;

    56.  Welcomes that no case of burnout or harassment have been reported and that the number of long-term sick leave is very limited; welcomes the EPPO’s awareness of its duty to ensure promotion and preservation of health and wellbeing across staff, as well as the monitoring practices to earn such understanding which take into account untaken annual leave, the carry-over of annual leave and absences, the number of staff on long-term sick leave and the length of the absences; recalls the importance of establishing a clear and structured procedure for reporting cases of harassment by the European Chief Prosecutor and by the European Prosecutors, as well as its divulgation to all the staff;

    57.  Observes that, in early 2023, the EPPO’s central office carried out a traineeship pilot and the EPPO legal service sector hosted two trainees followed by two more in March and September 2023 for remunerated, in-person, five-month traineeships; notes that, based on the positive conclusions of the pilot, a traineeship policy was drafted and has been approved in 2024, followed by a first cycle of effective trainees the same year; welcomes the initiative to launch an experimental relationship-building with the local university and if successful, calls for its expansion to additional universities across the EU, which could offer interesting perspectives to further develop the early talent programmes for diversity; stresses that the high cost of living in Luxembourg poses a considerable obstacle for potential trainees; emphasizes that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 with recommendations to the Commission on quality traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in the Union to be paid;

    58.  Welcomes the intense activity of the staff committee, the final adoption of its internal rules of procedure, the launch of the first staff committee open day, the launch of the first EPPO-wide staff survey, the participation of its representatives in the selection procedures, the retroactive revision of all general implementing provisions adopted by the EPPO before the establishment of the staff committee, the submission of input on internal reorganisation, working time and hybrid working, implementing rules and the improvement of working conditions;

    59.  Understands that the EPPO is progressing towards the finalisation of a business continuity plan, which is included in the Union’s administration management standards, and urges the EPPO to adopt it without further delay;

    Ethical framework and transparency

    60.  Understands that the EPPO’s ethical framework is being gradually built up; observes that the core values of that ethical framework are clearly set out in codes of conduct, which outline the standards of behaviour expected of employees at all levels; also observes that the ethical framework depends on the EPPO’s code of good administrative behaviour, its anti-fraud strategy and a training programme on ethics, which encompasses harassment, whistleblowing, the prevention of conflicts of interest and other ethical issues; regrets that members of staff of the EPPO are not required to attend that training programme, which would ensure a consistent understanding and application of the EPPO’s codes of conduct; calls on the EPPO to remedy the situation;

    61.  Notes the EPPO’s engagement in awareness-raising actions among staff about ethical framework and related matters; encourages the EPPO to make mandatory the attendance of such sessions by European Prosecutors and EDPs at their taking over of duties; believes that internal dialogue needs to be intensified;

    62.  Notes that no effective cases of conflict of interest were detected in 2023; is aware that dedicated conflict of interest declaration forms have been established and conflict of interest rules are in force for the members of College, the EDPs, the members of staff of the operational units, and other sensitive posts; welcomes the ongoing development of a structured conflict of interest policy and calls on the EPPO to finalise its adoption; calls for the implementation of a mandatory annual refreshment of an ethics and integrity training course for all EPPO personnel;

    63.  Urges the EPPO to enhance its internal integrity framework by mandating public disclosure of all financial interests and external activities of senior officials, including members of the College; calls for a periodic audit of these disclosures to identify and mitigate potential risks of undue influence;

    64.  Understands that the EPPO seeks to prevent revolving doors in particular by endorsing the strict application of the provisions of the Staff Regulations, which are set out in all contracts of the EPPO, including ad hoc exit forms that indicate the obligations that apply after termination of engagement; welcomes in this regard the adoption, in 2023, of the Guidelines for the EPPO Staff on Outside Activities and Assignments, which apply to activities that are not considered to relate to hobbies of leisure activities outside the remit of the EPPO;

    65.  Calls for the introduction of a more robust revolving door policy, including an extended cooling-off period of at least two years for senior EPPO officials before they can engage in private-sector employment related to EPPO investigations; requests that the EPPO conducts an annual review of compliance with these post-employment restrictions;

    66.  Calls the EPPO to adopt a dedicated whistleblowing and anti-retaliation procedure to integrate the implementing rules to the Staff Regulations adopted by the College (College Decision 2021/077 laying down guidelines on whistleblowing applicable within the EPPO) and to accompany Article 45.12 of the EPPO Financial Rules (establishing the actions to be undertaken in the circumstances) in order to ensure a safe and protected workplace; welcomes the initiative of intensifying internal communication on the first network of confidential counsellors and on the anti-harassment provisions and to all National European Delegated Prosecutors’ Assistants (NEDPAs) on whistleblowing mechanism for breaches against the EPPO mandate;

    Digitalisation, Cybersecurity and data protection

    67.  Deplores the situation of the EPPO in the area of its IT autonomy, which is adversely affected by the decision of the Commission’s Directorate-General for Digital Services (‘DG Digital Services’, formerly DIGIT) to discontinue the provision of digital workplace services; points out that EPPO IT autonomy requires additional human and financial resources which so far have not been granted because of the limitation imposed by the overall available budgetary resources in the concerned lines; regrets that, on grounds of the risks to its operational activities, the EPPO had to establish its own digital service capacity to accommodate the additional human resources that it was granted in light of the participation of Poland and Sweden;

    68.  Notes that the EPPO’s initial approach was to prioritise resources on the setting and working of essential digital services linked to its operational activities, such as its case-management system, while acknowledging that the EPPO’s digital services, which, at least in part, diverge from those of the Commission, would have needed, in the mid-term, a tailored approach; observes that the interruption of service by the Commission occurs in the crucial phase of the consolidation of the EPPO’s establishment;

    69.  Understands that, in 2023, the EPPO’s IT, Security and Corporate Services unit continued the implementation of two major programmes: the IT Autonomy Programme, to offer a complete catalogue of administrative IT services fully managed internally, and the EPPO’s CMS programme, to further develop the digitalisation of the organisation in its core business area; acknowledges that in 2023 the EPPO continued to prepare to gradually transition from a digital workplace provided by DG Digital Services to an EPPO-owned and operated solution; is aware that the resources needed to implement this change, although were included in the EPPO’s budget request for 2023, were not granted by the budgetary authority; notes that following DG Digital Service’s announcement, the EPPO started negotiation to seek a solution which has not yet been achieved;

    70.  Appreciates that Commission has temporarily extended the provision of IT services until June 2025 but maintains that the outsourcing of those services is a suboptimal solution in the current situation; understands that not only security and confidentiality-related arguments, but also purely financial aspects, suggest to reconsider the decision, because the outsourcing would appear much more costly than the in-house solution, and the adoption of the latter, after DG Digital Services cease providing their services, would be managed by the EPPO; stresses that, to implement the preferable in-house solution, the complex administrative aspects, the EPPO lack of experience and the de-centralised configuration of the EPPO with EDPs and NEDPAs in several locations across the Union, will require a more relevant budget and a lengthy transition period;

    71.  Reiterates its call on DG Digital Services to not interrupt its support to the EPPO until such a time as the EPPO has its own reliable IT system; deems it to be essential to avoid loss of data and to keep the EPPO fully operational in the transition between IT services providers; maintains that clear communication and operational coordination on the transition is to be ensured involving the highest decision-making levels of the Commission and the EPPO; asks the Commission and the EPPO to agree upon a gradual passage of competences for a smooth and continuous transition in the period after the extension, which could be extended beyond June 2025;

    72.  Observes that EPPO’s requests for permanent additional posts to fill the gap stemming from the discontinuation of DG Digital Services were refused, in January 2023, when EPPO requested 45 establishment plan, and at the end of February 2024, when a request for an amending budget 2024 for EUR 2,98 million and 37 established plan posts was also rejected; notes that the solution of recruiting intra-muros contractors could be a part of an interim solution to address DG Digital Service’s discontinuation, but while that approach would offer immediate operational continuity, it should not be conceived as a definitive solution for the EPPO, taking into account the extremely sensitive nature of its activities and the need to ensure continuity and reliability of its digital services, as well as the highest level of security of its IT infrastructure, systems and equipment; shares the view that the rejection of the EPPO’s budgetary requests is indicative of differences in the assessment of the problem, which has an adverse impact on the EPPO’s operational activities and represents a potential reputational risk for the Union in the case it results in weakening the EPPO’s operational capacity;

    73.  Understands that each EDP has to use any national and the EPPO’s CMS, which are different data bases governed by different access rights; believes that this situation increases the daily complexity in the data management; is also aware that to make it possible the processing and exchange of information between the central services of the EDPs and the EPPO, all the casefiles need to be digitalised by the EDPs using national digital tools and in compliance with national law; appreciates, in this regard, the formal creation of the NEDPA status in the official organisation chart which allows granting access to NEDPAs (staff of the national office) directly to the EPPO’s CMS, like that unburdening the EDPs of administrative tasks and creating the basis for more accuracy and consistency of case data between the two case-management systems; takes the view that the way towards integration between the EPPO’s CMS and national case-management systems would be facilitated by appropriate revision of regulation and that these steps would increase the effectiveness of EPPO investigations; notes, however, that such integration could be primarily a matter of compatible technological solutions used in the different Member States and linked to the actual level of digitalisation of judiciary proceedings in those Member States; observes that the burden of the inherent costs is currently shared, with the national budget covering the costs of the equipment needed for interaction with the national case-management systems, and the EPPO budget covering hardware and the setting of a digital working environment that is secured to the same standard as EPPO central office staff and which is considered part of the operational communication costs provided for by Regulation (EU) 2017/1939;

    74.  Understands that interoperability is material to achieving efficient data exchange and cooperation and that in order to adopt minimum common data exchange agreements and the implementation of judicial interoperability tools, an e-CODEX EPPO Use Case Project, initiated in 2023, involved several workshops with the e-CODEX Consortium to align on technical and functional requirements; regrets that, after several workshops with e-CODEX Consortium, the project was paused to allow the transition to the new e-CODEX programme manager, eu-LISA, and due to lack of EPPO resources with expertise in this area; calls on the Commission to act as a facilitator for further progressing in the project and to factor also those actions in the EPPO’s budgetary needs estimate;

    75.  Is aware of the increased threat to the EPPO’s IT structural integrity stemming from the aggressiveness of organised crime, combatted by the EPPO, and resulting in the need to step up physical and digital security; notes that in 2023 the EPPO focused on enhancing its security governance; appreciates the EPPO decision to create a dedicated unit to address cyber and physical security; observes that the EPPO prepared a framework including new processes, roles and responsibilities and policies to increase the security of the digital systems used for the handling of operational and administrative data; understands that several risk assessments were carried out to assess the security framework of the digital systems which suggested the implementation of additional technical and governance measures to enhance the EPPO’s security environment; remarks that the policy framework was improved in the circumstance, with a security strategy and global information security policy proposed in 2023 and formally approved and adopted in 2024;

    76.  Observes that the EPPO completed, in 2023, the set-up of security contact points in all participating Member States to enhance cooperation on security matters for staff and EPPO offices located in those Member States; welcomes the service level agreement is in place with CERT-EU that provides support and monitoring for specific services for incident response-related matters; underlines that the deployed system to assess risk and to report incidents is well structured and training is provided effectively; appreciates the external assessment performed for physical security whose findings translated in a roadmap for improvement by the host country;

    77.  Praises the significant progress made in 2023 towards the implementation of a backup data centre and the deployment of an associated disaster recovery scenario; appreciates, in that regard, the EPPO’s development of its own case-management ecosystem the components of which are all hosted in the EPPO data centre and managed by the EPPO’s staff, guaranteeing the EPPO control, retention and ownership of systems and data processed;

    78.  Acknowledges the EPPO’s need for up-to-date equipment and IT systems to deal with increasingly complicated crimes frequently involving digital elements and digital methodologies; stresses as well the urgency of developing a strong cybersecurity framework, given the growing risks posed by highly tech-savvy criminal networks and potential foreign interferences, through cyberattacks; supports the EPPO in its request for resources to be allocated to protecting its cybersecurity and calls for the swift implementation of a robust cybersecurity strategy to safeguard EPPO’s operations and data integrity;

    79.  Stresses that the nature of the EPPO’s activities entails the need for specific oversight and dedicated attention to the protection of personal data; takes the view that the EPPO and the EDPS should engage in continuous dialogue to ensure the usability of the data for the investigation and prosecution and, at the same time, ensure respect for the protection of personal data; understands that the requirements relating to data protection handling stems from Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 and from Regulation (EU) 2018/1725(4) and that those requirements are complemented and implemented by College decisions, adopted after consulting the EDPS; appreciates the decision to provide mandatory training for all members of staff, including dedicated data protection training essential to the access to the EPPO’s CMS;

    Buildings and security

    80.  Observes that, thanks to the lease agreement by which Luxembourg authorities provide the building currently hosting the EPPO’s headquarters (the TOB building) on a rent-free basis, the costs are limited to a service charge fee of EUR 716 724 per year; notes that, in 2023, EUR 248 103 was paid to the same Luxembourg authorities for security installations in the two additional floors (9 and 10) delivered to the EPPO in Q1 2023;

    81.  Welcomes, having regard to physical security, the allocation – with amending budget 2023 and the budget 2024 – of the resources needed to have a proportionate capacity to deliver enhanced security services (21 additional posts to enhance its security capability) and the EPPO’s efforts towards the continuous improvement and efficiency alignment of the physical security processes; maintains the proper functioning of the EPPO implies that prosecutors and staff have to be protected to be able to pursue their mission to its full extent, without threats, influence or pressure;

    Environment and sustainability

    82.  Believes that the Luxembourg authorities providing the EPPO’s headquarters should consider their sustainability and energetic performance; calls on the EPPO to engage in discussions with the Luxembourg authorities to explore specific actions for improving the environmental footprint of its premises, including the installation of renewable energy sources such as solar panels, the introduction of CO2 offsetting measures and implementation of the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme to evaluate, report, enhance organisations’ environmental performance and to save energy; calls on the Commission to facilitate dialogue between the EPPO and the local host authorities to ensure the optimal use of resources and the alignment of EPPO’s operations with the Union’s sustainability;

    83.  Notes that the EPPO’s central office is integrated in the Luxembourg network of free public transport making it easily reachable through low environmental impact means, at no cost for staff and visitors and that the central office underground car park provides a dedicated zone for bike parking; understands that exchanges are ongoing concerning the installation of charging stations for e-vehicles in the same underground car park;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    84.  Maintains that the EPPO’s role as a major operational component of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture can be effectively pursued only with intense cooperation with and support from its partners and stakeholders; reiterates that the EPPO can fulfil its role only if it enjoys full judicial independence; encourages Member States to contribute to the full independence of the EPPO in that regard and encourages the EPPO to continue its communication and coordination efforts with the several partners whose action has been designed to be reciprocal and complementary;

    85.  Welcomes the initiatives launched by OLAF and the EPPO to intensify and streamline their operational cooperation and share knowledge amongst the involved actors; appreciates the first international conference allowing exchange of views between EPPO prosecutors and OLAF investigators, hosted by Parliament in 2024; emphasises that the revision of the regulatory frameworks of OLAF and EPPO provides the opportunity to reconsider many aspects of their working together in the light of the experiences earned in those first years of EPPO operational activity, having specific regard to the opening of complementary OLAF investigations and administrative investigations in support of the EPPO, as well as OLAF’s increased role in detecting and reporting fraud to the EPPO in support of the recovery of the damage to the Union budget; believes that the dialogue and cooperation within the antifraud architecture could be made more effective by the setting of a regular inter-institutional forum with a view to optimising the efficiency and efficacy of the available resources in action;

    86.  Welcomes the initiatives launched by OLAF and the EPPO to intensify operational dialogue and improve coordination; underlines the importance of full and effective data-sharing between the EPPO, OLAF, Eurojust, and Europol to ensure seamless cooperation in the fight against cross-border fraud; calls for the establishment of a joint working group to oversee data integration and case management efficiency among these bodies;

    87.  Encourages continued and enhanced cooperation between the EPPO and OLAF, in line with their respective regulations, and the obligation on OLAF to report, without undue delay, suspicions of criminal contact to the EPPO, in order to enable it to tackle fraud, corruption and financial crime affecting the Union’s financial interests; supports the further development of joint initiatives, information sharing and coordinated actions between the EPPO and OLAF, as such cooperation is vital in strengthening the protection of the Union’s financial interests and the Union’s fight against financial crime and to ensuring the effective and efficient use of Union resources;

    88.  Commends the close cooperation in 2023 between the EPPO and the Court of Auditors, resulting in the timely transmission of information on suspicions of criminal offences falling within the EPPO’s competences;

    89.  Expects that the working group established with the Commission, and the meetings on the implementation of the Commission-EPPO Working Arrangement, will ensure that EPPO notifications for the purpose of administrative recovery, as provided for by Article 103(2), point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 will duly and effectively enable the Commission to maximise recovery to the Union budget, while complying with the confidentiality and proper conduct of the investigative actions; stresses that, in this specific regard, no feedback has been yet provided by either party, preventing the legislators from earning a comprehensive understanding of the underlying issues, including the specific amounts recovered annually by the Commission from Member States in cases of damage to the Union budget; highlights that the recovery of funds by national authorities remains under the Commission’s responsibility, as mentioned in the Mission Letter to the Commissioner for Budget, Anti-Fraud and Public Administration, while the EPPO does not hold a mandate to follow up on the recovery process; calls on the Member States to strengthen cooperation and inform both the Commission and the EPPO of final confiscations; urges a revision of the relevant Regulations to clarify the EPPO’s role in the recovery process; and urges the EPPO and the Commission to adopt an agreed upon form of reporting to Parliament; understands that this could require appropriate development of the EPPO’s CMS, and asks the Commission to prioritise the allocation of resources to the EPPO to meet that need;

    90.  Welcomes the strengthened cooperation with Europol; observes that the ODIN (Operational Digital Infrastructure Network) programme would enable the full exploitation of the amount of data collected by the EPPO in its investigations (more than 1000 terabytes and growing); notes that, in that framework, the EPPO has identified possible crimes outside its competences, including organised crime, drug trafficking, illicit cigarette production, investment fraud, illegal gambling and prostitution (non-PIF offences), and others which have resulted in the transmission of several files as key evidence to ongoing national investigations and that 28 new cases have been initiated by national prosecution offices to further investigate those non-PIF offences, which are outside the EPPO’s remit; understands that for this and other analyses, however, cooperation with Europol suffers from limitations stemming from national procedural criminal law and accessibility of the EPPO data owned; underlines that the EPPO’s existing competence to investigate organised crime and money laundering linked to fraud affecting the Union’s financial interests should be supported through adequate resources and efficient cooperation with Europol; considers that while cooperation with Europol needs to be even further enhanced, it cannot fully substitute the development of the EPPO’s internal analytical platform, which remains vital to a fast interpretation of the data collected during its investigations and the setting of operational strategies in cross-border cases requiring access to the EPPO’s entire CMS; recalls that, in its upcoming evaluation report, the Commission should carefully analyse to which categories of crimes the EPPO’s mandate needs to be extended, in order to take full advantage of its potential; welcomes the EPPO’s call for enhanced cooperation with Union institutions;

    91.  Is concerned about the increasing number of cases concerning the RRF; appreciates the timely information provided to the Commission and to the relevant Parliament Committees on this matter; believes that the large number of active cases involving RRF funds justifies an intensification of the exchanges held with, in particular, the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, with the aim of identifying possible oversight or control gaps or fraud patterns and to allow the Commission to keep up to date its performance monitoring mechanisms and to enforce the reduction and recovery measures recently designed; reiterates that RRF funds are Union and not national funds and are under the jurisdiction of the EPPO and encourages the Commission and other Union’s bodies and authorities to increase the detection efforts and report to the EPPO every relevant situation;

    92.  Welcomes that the EPPO signed Working Arrangement with Parliament in November 2024, establishing clear modalities of cooperation for the purpose of protecting the Union’s financial interests;

    93.  Notes that, in 2023, the EPPO continued to rely on inter-institutional contracts and bilateral agreements (SLAs) to purchase goods and services at a lower cost; observes that, at the end of 2023, the EPPO had 80 active membership in inter-institutional framework contracts and 22 service-level agreement or other bilateral agreements with other Union’s entities with the aim of maximising budgetary savings from the contractual instruments in place, in line with the principles of sound financial management;

    94.  Strongly welcomes the participation of Poland and Sweden in the EPPO; is aware that this will have an impact on the EPPO’s budgetary needs, and supports the EPPO’s request which aims to equip the EPPO with the necessary resources to take advantage of the participation of Poland and Sweden to its operational activities; notes that while Ireland and Denmark continue to exercise their opt-out from the EPPO under Protocols No 21 and 22 TFEU, Hungary is the sole remaining Member State that has not yet joined the EPPO; calls on the Hungarian government to join the EPPO without further delay; recalls the collection of 680 000 signatures in favour of joining the EPPO, underscoring a strong societal demand for enhanced legal safeguards against fraud and corruption affecting the Union’s financial interests;

    95.  Observes that, in 2023, no major improvement towards participation into the EPPO has occurred with the Irish authorities; reminds that their refusal to cooperate with the EPPO in executing several requests for mutual legal assistance sent by the EDPs had resulted in the EPPO reporting the situation to the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092(5); appreciated the following decision of the Irish authorities to amend their domestic legislation providing the legal framework for mutual legal assistance to the EPPO and underlines that from 1 November 2023 it provides mutual legal assistance to the EPPO based on this unilateral recognition; notes that no exchanges occurred with the Irish inter-agency working group established to examine Ireland’s potential future participation in the EPPO; urges the Commission, the EPPO and the Irish authorities to engage in a constructive dialogue to find an effective way of cooperation;

    96.  Maintains that any lack of cooperation with the EPPO by any of the Member States, whether they are participating in the enhanced cooperation that established the EPPO, creates niches of immunity and privilege that make the defence of the financial interests of the Union uneven and inefficient at best; reiterates its call on the Commission and the Member States concerned to make any possible effort to integrate the current scenario with the few but still very important missing components, promoting the extension of the participation in the EPPO by the other still non-participating Member States in such a way that strengthens the effectiveness of the protection of the Union and national budgets; calls on the Commission to closely monitor Member States’ level of cooperation with the EPPO and urges the Commission to initiate infringement proceedings against any Member State that systematically obstructs EPPO-led investigations; takes the view that membership of the EPPO should be a precondition for receiving Union funds;

    97.  Condemns the recently reported systematic espionage organized by the Hungarian government against OLAF staff during an investigative mission into the potential misuse of Union funds by ELIOS, a company linked to the Hungarian Prime Minister’s son-in-law; emphasizes that OLAF and the EPPO, as cornerstone institutions of the Union’s anti-fraud architecture, are regrettably exposed to such threats not only from third countries but also within EU Member States; stresses that such actions gravely undermine the rule of law and the integrity of Union institutions; calls for the swift establishment of robust protection measures to safeguard Union’s institutional staff on mission in Member States and to prevent such unacceptable violations in the future;

    Communication

    98.  Observes that the EPPO engages in continuous efforts to enhance internal and external communication; appreciates the actions carried out via social network platforms and encourages the EPPO to maintain its proactive and transparent approach;

    99.  Believes that explanations about the EPPO’s interventions and operations and about their background, when reported in the media and posted on social networks, would contribute to reinforcing the reputation of the institutions amongst citizens and raise awareness in taxpayers about the complexity of the protection of the Union’s financial interests;

    100.  Maintains that proper and accurate communication from the EPPO would also increase the involvement of civil society and increase submission of potential investigative input; understands that the EPPO asks to have the reporting option included in every standard presentation for external audiences or at conferences and seminars, when possible and appropriate; notes that, in 2023, the EPPO’s corporate website underwent a complete redesign, with the primary focus on enhancing accessibility and user-friendliness, and that the option to report a crime is now prominently displayed at the top of every webpage together with a banner highlighting this feature in the homepage;

    101.  Observes that the level of the EPPO’s resources that are devoted to communication are limited, and that, in view of the need to establish the EPPO’s digital autonomy, management of the EPPO website will have to be brought in-house, requiring additional resources, after DG Digital Services cease providing that service; underlines that the increasing volume and the sensitivity of EPPO investigations calls for attention in exchanges with the media, journalists, citizens and academia; reiterates its call on the EPPO to clearly strike the best possible balance between transparency and public interest on the one hand and confidentiality and proper conduct of the investigation on the other, and to ensure the neutrality of its communications about its activities;

    102.  Recalls the importance of transparency in the EPPO’s interactions with external actors; calls for the establishment of a mandatory public register of all meetings between EPPO officials and representatives of third parties, including lobbyists and national government representatives, in order to prevent undue influence and reinforce public trust in the EPPO’s independence;

    Effect of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine

    103.  Recalls that EPPO competences extend to Union funds even when used in third countries; believes that the working arrangements with the Ukrainian competent authorities could effectively enhance the level of protection of the Union’s financial interests following the relevant commitments undertaken to support Ukraine and its population; welcomes the efforts undertaken by the Ukrainian authorities on anti-corruption measures, but recalls that the country is still subject to high rate of corruption and fraud, demanding extra precaution to be taken and further anti-corruption measure in order to successfully reach transparency goals; is aware that transmission of evidence has occurred in execution of mutual legal assistance requests and welcomes the perspective of activating a joint task force with the Ukrainian authorities to coordinate investigations; reminds the Commission and other Union institutions bodies, offices and agencies of the importance of detection and timely submission of investigative input to the EPPO.

    (1) Directive (EU) 2017/1371 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 July 2017 on the fight against fraud to the Union’s financial interests by means of criminal law (OJ L 198, 28.7.2017, p. 29, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1371/oj).
    (2) Council Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 of 12 October 2017, implementing enhanced cooperation on the establishment of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (‘the EPPO’) (OJ L 283, 31.10.2017, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2017/1939/oj).
    (3) According to the Consolidated Annual Activity Report 2023, the turnover rate was 5,9 % for temporary and contract agents.
    (4) Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj).
    (5) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News